CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA 10-K
Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
     
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005
OR
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Commission file number: 001-16109
CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
MARYLAND   62-1763875
(State or other jurisdiction of   (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)   Identification No.)
10 BURTON HILLS BLVD., NASHVILLE, TENNESSEE 37215
(Address and zip code of principal executive office)
REGISTRANT’S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE: (615) 263-3000
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:
     
Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
     
     
Common Stock, $.01 par value per share   New York Stock Exchange
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT: NONE
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15 (d) of the Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer þ                Accelerated filer o                Non- accelerated filer o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act.). Yes o No þ
The aggregate market value of the shares of the registrant’s Common Stock held by non-affiliates was approximately $1,319,903,168 as of June 30, 2005, based on the closing price of such shares on the New York Stock Exchange on that day. The number of shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock outstanding on March 1, 2006 was 39,934,481.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:
Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders currently scheduled to be held on May 11, 2006, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
 

 


 

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
FORM 10-K
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005
TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
Item No.       Page  
 
PART I
1.          
        5  
        5  
        7  
        13  
        14  
        16  
        17  
        18  
        19  
        20  
        20  
        20  
1A.       21  
1B.       30  
2.       30  
3.       30  
4.       30  
   
 
       
PART II
5.       31  
        31  
        31  
6.       31  
7.       34  
        34  
        36  
        38  
        59  
        63  
        64  
7A.       64  
8.       65  
9.       65  
9A.       65  
   
 
       
PART III
10.       69  
11.       69  
12.       69  
13.       70  
14.       70  
   
 
       
PART IV
15.       71  
   
 
       
SIGNATURES
 EX-10.7 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
 EX-10.15 NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
 EX-10.16 RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT
 EX-10.26 DIRECTOR AND OFFICER COMPENSATION
 EX-21 LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
 EX-23.1 CONSENT OF ACCOUNTING FIRM
 EX-31.1 SECTION 302 CEO CERTIFICATION
 EX-31.2 SECTION 302 CFO CERTIFICATION
 EX-32.1 SECTION 906 CEO CERTIFICATION
 EX-32.2 SECTION 906 CFO CERTIFICATION

 


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING
FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION
This annual report on Form 10-K contains statements that are forward-looking statements as defined within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements give our current expectations of forecasts of future events. All statements other than statements of current or historical fact contained in this annual report, including statements regarding our future financial position, business strategy, budgets, projected costs, and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “projects,” “will,” and similar expressions, as they relate to us, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are based on our current plans and actual future activities, and our results of operations may be materially different from those set forth in the forward-looking statements. In particular these include, among other things, statements relating to:
    fluctuations in operating results because of changes in occupancy levels, competition, increases in cost of operations, fluctuations in interest rates and risks of operations;
 
    changes in the privatization of the corrections and detention industry and the public acceptance of our services;
 
    our ability to obtain and maintain correctional facility management contracts, including as the result of sufficient governmental appropriations and inmate disturbances, and the timing of the opening of new facilities and the commencement of new management contracts;
 
    increases in costs to develop or expand correctional facilities that exceed original estimates, or the inability to complete such projects on schedule as a result of various factors, many of which are beyond our control, such as weather, labor conditions and material shortages, resulting in increased construction costs;
 
    changes in government policy and in legislation and regulation of the corrections and detention industry that adversely affect our business;
 
    the availability of debt and equity financing on terms that are favorable to us; and
 
    general economic and market conditions.
Any or all of our forward-looking statements in this annual report may turn out to be inaccurate. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. They can be affected by inaccurate assumptions we might make or by known or unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including the risks, uncertainties and assumptions described in “Risk Factors.”
In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this annual report may not occur and actual results could differ materially from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements. When you consider these forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind these risk factors and other cautionary statements in this annual report, including in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.”

3


Table of Contents

Our forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained in this annual report.

4


Table of Contents

PART I.
ITEM 1. BUSINESS.
Overview
We are the nation’s largest owner and operator of privatized correctional and detention facilities and one of the largest prison operators in the United States behind only the federal government and three states. We currently operate 63 correctional, detention and juvenile facilities, including 39 facilities that we own, with a total design capacity of approximately 71,000 beds in 19 states and the District of Columbia. We also own three additional correctional facilities that we lease to third-party operators.
We specialize in owning, operating, and managing prisons and other correctional facilities and providing inmate residential and prisoner transportation services for governmental agencies. In addition to providing the fundamental residential services relating to inmates, our facilities offer a variety of rehabilitation and educational programs, including basic education, religious services, life skills and employment training and substance abuse treatment. These services are intended to help reduce recidivism and to prepare inmates for their successful reentry into society upon their release. We also provide health care (including medical, dental, and psychiatric services), food services, and work and recreational programs.
Our website address is www.correctionscorp.com. We make our Form 10-K, Form 10-Q, Form 8-K, and Section 16 reports available on our website, free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after these reports are filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Information contained on our website is not part of this report.
Operations
Management and Operation of Correctional and Detention Facilities
Our customers consist of federal, state, and local correctional and detention authorities. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, federal correctional and detention authorities represented 39%, 38%, and 38%, respectively, of our total revenue. Federal correctional and detention authorities primarily consist of the Federal Bureau of Prisons, or the BOP, the United States Marshals Service, or the USMS, and the U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement, or the ICE.
Our management services contracts typically have terms of one to five years and contain multiple renewal options. Most of our facility contracts also contain clauses that allow the government agency to terminate the contract at any time without cause, and our contracts are generally subject to annual or bi-annual legislative appropriation of funds.
We are compensated for operating and managing facilities at an inmate per diem rate based upon actual or minimum guaranteed occupancy levels. Occupancy rates for a particular facility are typically low when first opened or when expansions are first available. However, beyond the start-up period, which typically ranges from 90 to 180 days, the occupancy rate tends to stabilize. For the years 2005, 2004, and 2003, the average compensated occupancy, based on rated capacity, of our facilities was 91.4%, 94.9%, and 93.1%, respectively, for all of the facilities we owned or managed, exclusive of facilities where operations have been discontinued. From a capacity perspective, as of December 31, 2005, we had three facilities, our Stewart County Correctional Facility, North Fork Correctional Facility, and T. Don Hutto Correctional Center, that provide us with approximately 3,400 available beds. During December 2005, we reached an agreement with ICE to manage up to 600 detainees at the T. Don Hutto

5


Table of Contents

Correctional Center. We have not yet begun to receive detainees pursuant to this contract and are currently in discussions with the ICE regarding the nature and timing of the receipt of detainees from the ICE.
We also have an additional facility, the Red Rock Correctional Center, a 1,596-bed correctional facility located in Eloy, Arizona, which is under construction and is expected to be completed during the third quarter of 2006. In addition to these four facilities, which provide an aggregate of approximately 5,000 available beds, as of December 31, 2005, our Crowley County Correctional Facility had approximately 650 beds available, which we expect to be substantially filled with inmates from the state of Colorado, providing further potential for increased cash flow.
In order to maintain an adequate supply of available beds to meet anticipated demand, while offering the state of Hawaii the opportunity to consolidate their inmates into fewer facilities, we recently commenced construction of a new 1,896-bed correctional facility, the Saguaro Correctional Facility, located adjacent to the Red Rock Correctional Center in Eloy, Arizona. We currently expect to complete construction of this facility during the second half of 2007. Although we do not have any contracts to fill these beds, we currently expect to relocate approximately 750 Alaskan inmates from our Florence Correctional Center in Florence, Arizona, to the Red Rock Correctional Center, and to consolidate inmates from the state of Hawaii from several of our facilities to the Saguaro Correctional Facility. As of December 31, 2005, we housed approximately 1,850 inmates from the state of Hawaii at several of our correctional facilities.
Operating Procedures
Pursuant to the terms of our management contracts, we are responsible for the overall operations of our facilities, including staff recruitment, general administration of the facilities, facility maintenance, security, and supervision of the offenders. We are required by our contracts to maintain certain levels of insurance coverage for general liability, workers’ compensation, vehicle liability, and property loss or damage. We are also required to indemnify the contracting agencies for claims and costs arising out of our operations and, in certain cases, to maintain performance bonds and other collateral requirements. Approximately 87% of the facilities we operated at December 31, 2005 were accredited by the American Correctional Association Commission on Accreditation. The American Correctional Association, or the ACA, is an independent organization comprised of corrections professionals that establishes accreditation standards for correctional institutions.
We provide a variety of rehabilitative and educational programs at our facilities. Inmates at most facilities we manage may receive basic education through academic programs designed to improve inmate literacy levels and the opportunity to acquire GED certificates. We also offer vocational training to inmates who lack marketable job skills. Our craft vocational training programs are accredited by the National Center for Construction Education and Research. This organization provides training curriculum and establishes industry standards for over 4,000 construction and trade organizations in the United States and to several foreign countries. In addition, we offer life skills transition planning programs that provide inmates with job search skills, health education, financial responsibility training, parenting, and other skills associated with becoming productive citizens. At many of our facilities, we also offer counseling, education and/or treatment to inmates with alcohol and drug abuse problems through our “LifeLine” and “Strategies for Change” programs. Equally significant, we offer cognitive behavioral programs aimed at changing the anti-social attitudes and behaviors of offenders, and faith-based and religious programs that offer all offenders the opportunity to practice their spiritual beliefs. These programs incorporate the use of thousands of volunteers, along with our staff, that assist in providing guidance, direction, and post incarceration services to offenders. We believe these programs reduce recidivism.

6


Table of Contents

We operate our facilities in accordance with both company and facility-specific policies and procedures. The policies and procedures reflect standards generated by a number of sources, including the ACA, the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations, the National Commission on Correctional Healthcare, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, federal, state, and local government guidelines, established correctional procedures, and company-wide policies and procedures that may exceed these guidelines. Outside agency standards, such as those established by the ACA, provide us with the industry’s most widely accepted operational guidelines. Our facilities not only operate under these established standards (we have sought and received accreditation for 55 of the facilities we managed as of December 31, 2005) but are consistently challenged by management to exceed these standards. This challenge is presented, in large part, through an extensive, comprehensive Quality Assurance Program. We intend to apply for ACA accreditation for all of our eligible facilities that are not currently accredited where it is economically feasible to complete the 18-24 month accreditation process.
Our Quality Assurance Department, that reports to the office of the General Counsel, consists of two permanent audit teams, a Research and Data Analysis Team, and an ACA Accreditation Team. Considerable resources have been devoted to the Quality Assurance Department, enabling us to monitor compliance with contractual requirements and outside agency standards, as well as tracking all efforts of the facilities to deliver the exceptional quality of services and operations expected.
Prisoner Transportation Services
We provide transportation services to governmental agencies through our wholly-owned subsidiary, TransCor America, LLC, or TransCor. TransCor is the largest third-party prisoner extradition company in the United States. Through a “hub-and-spoke” network, TransCor provides nationwide coverage to over 900 local, state, and federal agencies across the country. During the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, TransCor generated total consolidated revenue of $14.6 million, $19.1 million, and $18.9 million, respectively, comprising 1.2%, 1.7%, and 1.9% of our total consolidated revenue in each respective year. We also provide transportation services to our existing customers utilizing TransCor’s services. We believe TransCor provides a complementary service to our core business that enables us to quickly respond to our customers’ transportation needs.
Facility Portfolio
General
Our facilities can generally be classified according to the level(s) of security at such facility. Minimum security facilities have open housing within an appropriately designed and patrolled institutional perimeter. Medium security facilities have either cells, rooms or dormitories, a secure perimeter, and some form of external patrol. Maximum security facilities have single occupancy cells, a secure perimeter, and external patrol. Multi-security facilities have various areas encompassing minimum, medium or maximum security. Non-secure facilities are juvenile facilities having open housing that inhibit movement by their design. Secure facilities are juvenile facilities having cells, rooms, or dormitories, a secure perimeter, and some form of external patrol.
Our facilities can also be classified according to their primary function. The primary functional categories are:
    Correctional Facilities. Correctional facilities house and provide contractually agreed upon programs and services to sentenced adult prisoners, typically prisoners on whom a sentence in excess of one year has been imposed.

7


Table of Contents

    Detention Facilities. Detention facilities house and provide contractually agreed upon programs and services to (i) prisoners being detained by the ICE, (ii) prisoners who are awaiting trial who have been charged with violations of federal criminal law (and are therefore in the custody of the USMS) or state criminal law, and (iii) prisoners who have been convicted of crimes and on whom a sentence of one year or less has been imposed.
 
    Juvenile Facilities. Juvenile facilities house and provide contractually agreed upon programs and services to juveniles, typically defined by applicable federal or state law as being persons below the age of 18, who have been determined to be delinquents by a juvenile court and who have been committed for an indeterminate period of time but who typically remain confined for a period of six months or less. At December 31, 2005, we owned only one such juvenile facility. The operation of juvenile facilities is not considered part of our strategic focus.
 
    Leased Facilities. Leased facilities are facilities that are within one of the above categories and that we own but do not manage. These facilities are leased to third-party operators.
Facilities and Facility Management Contracts
We own 42 correctional, detention, and juvenile facilities in 14 states and the District of Columbia, three of which we lease to third-party operators. We also own two corporate office buildings. Additionally, we currently manage 24 correctional and detention facilities owned by government agencies. The following table sets forth all of the facilities which we currently (i) own and manage, (ii) own, but are leased to another operator, and (iii) manage but are owned by a government authority. The table includes certain information regarding each facility, including the term of the primary management contract related to such facility, or, in the case of facilities we own but lease to a third-party operator, the term of such lease. We have a number of management contracts and leases that expire in 2006 (or have expired) with no remaining renewal options. We continue to operate, and expect to continue to manage or lease these facilities, although we can provide no assurance that we will maintain our contracts to manage or lease these facilities or when new contracts will be renewed.
                             
                            Remaining
    Primary   Design   Security   Facility       Renewal
Facility Name   Customer   Capacity (A)   Level   Type (B)   Term   Options (C)
 
                           
Owned and Managed Facilities:
                           
 
                           
Central Arizona Detention Center
Florence, Arizona
  USMS     2,304     Multi   Detention   May 2006   (2) 1 year
 
                           
Eloy Detention Center
Eloy, Arizona
  ICE     1,500     Medium   Detention   Indefinite  
 
                           
Florence Correctional Center
Florence, Arizona
  State of Alaska     1,824     Multi   Correctional   June 2008   (6) 1 year
 
                           
California City Correctional Center
California City, California
  BOP     2,304     Medium   Correctional   September 2006   (4) 1 year
 
                           
San Diego Correctional Facility (D)
San Diego, California
  ICE     1,216     Minimum/
Medium
  Detention   June 2008   (5) 3 years
 
                           
Bent County Correctional Facility
Las Animas, Colorado
  State of Colorado     700     Medium   Correctional   June 2006   (2) 1 year

8


Table of Contents

                             
                            Remaining
    Primary   Design   Security   Facility       Renewal
Facility Name   Customer   Capacity (A)   Level   Type (B)   Term   Options (C)
 
                           
Crowley County Correctional Facility
Olney Springs, Colorado
  State of Colorado     1,794     Medium   Correctional   June 2006   (2) 1 year
 
                           
Huerfano County Correctional Center (E)
Walsenburg, Colorado
  State of Colorado     752     Medium   Correctional   June 2006   (2) 1 year
 
                           
Kit Carson Correctional Center
Burlington, Colorado
  State of Colorado     768     Medium   Correctional   June 2006   (2) 1 year
 
                           
Coffee Correctional Facility (F)
Nicholls, Georgia
  State of Georgia     1,524     Medium   Correctional   June 2006   (13) 1 year
 
                           
McRae Correctional Facility
McRae, Georgia
  BOP     1,524     Medium   Correctional   November 2006   (6) 1 year
 
                           
Stewart County Correctional Facility (G)
Lumpkin, Georgia
      1,524     Medium   Correctional    
 
                           
Wheeler Correctional Facility (F)
Alamo, Georgia
  State of Georgia     1,524     Medium   Correctional   June 2006   (13) 1 year
 
                           
Leavenworth Detention Center
Leavenworth, Kansas
  USMS     767     Maximum   Detention   June 2006   (9) 2 months
 
                           
Lee Adjustment Center
Beattyville, Kentucky
  State of Vermont     816     Minimum/
Medium
  Correctional   June 2007  
 
                           
Marion Adjustment Center
St. Mary, Kentucky
  Commonwealth of Kentucky     826     Minimum   Correctional   December 2007   (3) 2 year
 
                           
Otter Creek Correctional Center (H)
Wheelwright, Kentucky
  Commonwealth of Kentucky     656     Minimum/
Medium
  Correctional   July 2007   (4) 2 year
 
                           
Prairie Correctional Facility
Appleton, Minnesota
  State of Washington     1,550     Medium   Correctional   June 2007  
 
                           
Tallahatchie County Correctional
  Facility (I)
Tutwiler, Mississippi
  State of Hawaii     1,104     Medium   Correctional   June 2006  
 
                           
Crossroads Correctional Center (J)
Shelby, Montana
  State of Montana     568     Multi   Correctional   August 2007   (6) 2 year
 
                           
Cibola County Corrections Center
Milan, New Mexico
  BOP     1,129     Medium   Correctional   September 2006   (4) 1 year
 
                           
New Mexico Women’s Correctional
Facility Grants, New Mexico
  State of
New Mexico
    596     Multi   Correctional   June 2009  
 
                           
Torrance County Detention Facility
Estancia, New Mexico
  USMS     910     Multi   Detention   Indefinite  
 
                           
Northeast Ohio Correctional Center
Youngstown, Ohio
  BOP     2,016     Medium   Correctional   May 2009   (3) 2 year
 
                           
Cimarron Correctional Facility (K)
Cushing, Oklahoma
  State of Oklahoma     960     Medium   Correctional   June 2006   (3) 1 year
 
                           
Davis Correctional Facility (K)
Holdenville, Oklahoma
  State of Oklahoma     960     Medium   Correctional   June 2006   (3) 1 year

9


Table of Contents

                             
                            Remaining
    Primary   Design   Security   Facility       Renewal
Facility Name   Customer   Capacity (A)   Level   Type (B)   Term   Options (C)
 
                           
Diamondback Correctional Facility
Watonga, Oklahoma
  State of Arizona     2,160     Medium   Correctional   June 2006   (1) 1 year
 
                           
North Fork Correctional Facility (L)
Sayre, Oklahoma
      1,440     Medium   Correctional    
 
                           
West Tennessee Detention Facility
Mason, Tennessee
  USMS     600     Multi   Detention   February 2007  
 
                           
Shelby Training Center (M)
Memphis, Tennessee
  Shelby County,
Tennessee
    200     Secure   Juvenile   April 2015  
 
                           
Whiteville Correctional Facility (N)
Whiteville, Tennessee
  State of Tennessee     1,536     Medium   Correctional   September 2006   (2) 1 year
 
                           
Bridgeport Pre-Parole Transfer Facility
Bridgeport, Texas
  State of Texas     200     Medium   Correctional   February 2007   (4) 1 year
 
                           
Eden Detention Center
Eden, Texas
  BOP     1,225     Medium   Correctional   April 2006   (1) 1 year
 
                           
Houston Processing Center
Houston, Texas
  ICE     905     Medium   Detention   September 2006   (2) 1 year
 
                           
Laredo Processing Center
Laredo, Texas
  ICE     258     Minimum/
Medium
  Detention   Indefinite  
 
                           
Webb County Detention Center
Laredo, Texas
  USMS     480     Medium   Detention   February 2007  
 
                           
Mineral Wells Pre-Parole Transfer
     Facility
Mineral Wells, Texas
  State of Texas     2,103     Minimum   Correctional   February 2007   (4) 1 year
 
                           
T. Don Hutto Correctional Center
Taylor, Texas
  ICE     480     Minimum   Detention   Indefinite  
 
                           
D.C. Correctional Treatment Facility (O) Washington, D.C.
  District of Columbia     1,500     Medium   Detention   March 2017  
 
                           
Managed Only Facilities:
                           
 
                           
Bay Correctional Facility
Panama City, Florida
  State of Florida     750     Medium   Correctional   June 2007  
 
                           
Bay County Jail and Annex
Panama City, Florida
  Bay County,
Florida
    1,150     Multi   Detention   September 2006  
 
                           
Citrus County Detention Facility
Lecanto, Florida
  Citrus County,
Florida
    400     Multi   Detention   September 2015   (1) 5 year
 
                           
Gadsden Correctional Institution
Quincy, Florida
  State of Florida     1,136     Minimum/
Medium
  Correctional   June 2007  
 
                           
Hernando County Jail
Brooksville, Florida
  Hernando
County, Florida
    730     Multi   Detention   October 2010  
 
                           
Lake City Correctional Facility
Lake City, Florida
  State of Florida     893     Secure   Correctional   June 2006  
 
                           
Idaho Correctional Center
Boise, Idaho
  State of Idaho     1,270     Minimum/
Medium
  Correctional   June 2009  

10


Table of Contents

                             
                            Remaining
    Primary   Design   Security   Facility       Renewal
Facility Name   Customer   Capacity (A)   Level   Type (B)   Term   Options (C)
 
                           
Marion County Jail
Indianapolis, Indiana
  Marion County,
Indiana
    1,030     Multi   Detention   December 2006  
 
                           
Winn Correctional Center
Winnfield, Louisiana
  State of Louisiana     1,538     Medium/
Maximum
  Correctional   September 2006   (1) 2 year
 
                           
Delta Correctional Facility
Greenwood, Mississippi
  State of Mississippi     1,172     Minimum/Medium   Correctional   September 2006   (1) 1 year
 
                           
Wilkinson County Correctional Facility
Woodville, Mississippi
  State of Mississippi     1,000     Medium   Correctional   September 2005   (3) 1 year
 
                           
Elizabeth Detention Center
Elizabeth, New Jersey
  ICE     300     Minimum   Detention   September 2008   (5) 3 year
 
                           
Silverdale Facilities
Chattanooga, Tennessee
  Hamilton County,
Tennessee
    918     Multi   Detention   February 2007   Indefinite
 
                           
South Central Correctional Center
Clifton, Tennessee
  State of Tennessee     1,676     Medium   Correctional   July 2007  
 
                           
Metro-Davidson County Detention
     Facility
Nashville, Tennessee
  Davidson
County,
Tennessee
    1,092     Multi   Detention   July 2006   (2) 1 year
 
                           
Hardeman County Correctional Facility
Whiteville, Tennessee
  State of Tennessee     2,016     Medium   Correctional   May 2006   (4) 3 year
 
                           
B. M. Moore Correctional Center
Overton, Texas
  State of Texas     500     Minimum/
Medium
  Correctional   January 2007   (2) 1 year
 
                           
Bartlett State Jail
Bartlett, Texas
  State of Texas     1,001     Minimum/
Medium
  Correctional   January 2007   (4) 1 year
 
                           
Bradshaw State Jail
Henderson, Texas
  State of Texas     1,980     Minimum/
Medium
  Correctional   January 2007   (4) 1 year
 
                           
Dawson State Jail
Dallas, Texas
  State of Texas     2,216     Minimum/
Medium
  Correctional   January 2007   (4) 1 year
 
                           
Diboll Correctional Center
Diboll, Texas
  State of Texas     518     Minimum/
Medium
  Correctional   January 2007   (2) 1 year
 
                           
Liberty County Jail/Juvenile Center
Liberty, Texas
  Liberty County,
Texas
    380     Multi   Detention   January 2007   (1) 3 year
 
                           
Lindsey State Jail
Jacksboro, Texas
  State of Texas     1,031     Minimum/
Medium
  Correctional   January 2007   (4) 1 year
 
                           
Willacy State Jail
Raymondville, Texas
  State of Texas     1,069     Minimum/
Medium
  Correctional   January 2007   (4) 1 year
 
                           
Leased Facilities:
                           
 
                           
Leo Chesney Correctional Center
Live Oak, California
  Cornell
Corrections
    240     Minimum   Owned/Leased   September 2010  
 
                           
Queensgate Correctional Facility
Cincinnati, Ohio
  Hamilton
County, Ohio
    850     Medium   Owned/Leased   February 2006   (1) 1 year
 
                           
Community Education Partners (P)
Houston, Texas
  Community
Education
Partners
        Non-secure   Owned/Leased   June 2008   (3) 5 year

11


Table of Contents

 
(A)   Design capacity measures the number of beds, and accordingly, the number of inmates each facility is designed to accommodate. Facilities housing detainees on a short term basis may exceed the original intended design capacity for sentenced inmates due to the lower level of services required by detainees in custody for a brief period. From time to time we may evaluate the design capacity of our facilities based on customers using the facilities, and the ability to reconfigure space with minimal capital outlays. As a result, the design capacity of certain facilities may vary from the design capacity previously presented. We believe design capacity is an appropriate measure for evaluating prison operations, because the revenue generated by each facility is based on a per diem or monthly rate per inmate housed at the facility paid by the corresponding contracting governmental entity.
 
(B)   We manage numerous facilities that have more than a single function (e.g., housing both long-term sentenced adult prisoners and pre-trial detainees). The primary functional categories into which facility types are identified were determined by the relative size of prisoner populations in a particular facility on December 31, 2005. If, for example, a 1,000-bed facility housed 900 adult prisoners with sentences in excess of one year and 100 pre-trial detainees, the primary functional category to which it would be assigned would be that of correctional facilities and not detention facilities. It should be understood that the primary functional category to which multi-user facilities are assigned may change from time to time.
 
(C)   Remaining renewal options represents the number of renewal options, if applicable, and the term of each option renewal.
 
(D)   The facility is subject to a ground lease with the County of San Diego whereby the initial lease term is 18 years from the commencement of the contract, as defined. The County has the right to buy out all, or designated portions of, the premises at various times prior to the expiration of the term at a price generally equal to the cost of the premises, or the designated portion of the premises, less an allowance for the amortization over a 20-year period. Upon expiration of the lease, ownership of the facility automatically reverts to the County of San Diego.
 
(E)   The facility is subject to a purchase option held by Huerfano County which grants Huerfano County the right to purchase the facility upon an early termination of the contract at a price generally equal to the cost of the facility plus 80% of the percentage increase in the Consumer Price Index, cumulated annually.
 
(F)   The facility is subject to a purchase option held by the Georgia Department of Corrections, or GDOC, which grants the GDOC the right to purchase the facility for the lesser of the facility’s depreciated book value or fair market value at any time during the term of the contract between us and the GDOC.
 
(G)   During the fourth quarter of 2004, 273 beds were completed and available for use. The construction on the remaining 1,251 beds was completed and available for use in October 2005. We are currently pursuing new management contracts and other opportunities to take advantage of the beds that are available at the Stewart County Correctional Facility, but can provide no assurance that we will be successful in doing so.
 
(H)   The facility is subject to a deed of conveyance with the city of Wheelwright, KY which included provisions that would allow assumption of ownership by the city of Wheelwright under the following occurrences: (1) we cease to operate the facility for more than two years, (2) our failure to maintain at least one employee for a period of sixty consecutive days, or (3) a conversion to a maximum security facility based upon classification by the Kentucky Corrections Cabinet.
 
(I)   The facility is subject to a purchase option held by the Tallahatchie County Correctional Authority which grants Tallahatchie County Correctional Authority the right to purchase the facility at any time during the contract at a price generally equal to the cost of the premises less an allowance for amortization over a 20-year period. During October 2005, we completed an amendment to extend the amortization period through 2035, which could be further extended to 2050 in the event we expand the facility by at least 200 beds.
 
(J)   The state of Montana has an option to purchase the facility generally at any time during the term of the contract with us at fair market value, less the then present value of a pre-determined portion of per diem payments made to us by the state of Montana.
 
(K)   The facility is subject to a purchase option held by the Oklahoma Department of Corrections, or ODC, which grants the ODC the right to purchase the facility at its fair market value at any time.
 
(L)   During the third quarter of 2003, all of the Wisconsin inmates housed at the North Fork Correctional Facility were transferred to the Diamondback Correctional Facility in order to satisfy a contractual provision mandated by the state of Wisconsin. Upon completion of the inmate transfers, North Fork Correctional Facility was idled. We are currently pursuing new management contracts and other opportunities to take advantage of the beds that are available at the North Fork Correctional Facility and expect to reopen the facility in the first half of 2006, but can provide no assurance that we will be successful in doing so.
 
(M)   Upon the conclusion of the thirty-year ground lease with Shelby County, Tennessee, the facility will become the property of Shelby County. Prior to such time, if the County terminates the lease without cause, breaches the lease or the State fails to fund the contract, we may purchase the property for $150,000. If we terminate the lease without cause, or breach the contract, we will be required to purchase the property for its fair market value as agreed to by the County and us.
 
(N)   The state of Tennessee has the option to purchase the facility in the event of our bankruptcy, or upon an operational breach, as defined, at a price equal to the book value of the facility, as defined.
 
(O)   The District of Columbia has the right to purchase the facility at any time during the term of the contract at a price generally equal to the present value of the remaining lease payments for the premises. Upon expiration of the lease, ownership of the facility automatically reverts to the District of Columbia.
 
(P)   The alternative educational facility is currently configured to accommodate 900 at-risk juveniles and may be expanded to accommodate a total of 1,400 at-risk juveniles.

12


Table of Contents

Facilities Under Construction or Development
On February 1, 2005, we commenced construction of the Red Rock Correctional Center, a new 1,596-bed correctional facility located in Eloy, Arizona. The facility is expected to cost approximately $81.5 million, and is slated for completion during the third quarter of 2006. We also recently commenced construction of the Saguaro Correctional Facility, a new 1,896-bed correctional facility located adjacent to the Red Rock Correctional Center in Eloy, Arizona. The Saguaro Correctional Facility is expected to be completed during the second half of 2007 at an estimated cost of $100 million. The capacity at these new facilities is intended primarily for our existing customers.
During September 2005, we announced that Citrus County renewed its contract for our continued management of the Citrus County Detention Facility located in Lecanto, Florida. The contract has a ten-year base term with one five-year renewal option. The terms of the new agreement include a 360-bed expansion that we commenced during the fourth quarter of 2005 and expect to complete during the first quarter of 2007. The expansion of the facility, which is owned by the County, is currently anticipated to cost approximately $18.5 million and will be funded by us utilizing cash on hand. If the County terminates the management contract at any time prior to twenty years following completion of construction, the County would be required to pay us an amount equal to the construction cost less an allowance for the amortization over a twenty-year period.
Business Development
We are currently the nation’s largest provider of outsourced correctional management services. We manage approximately 50% of all beds under contract with private operators of correctional and detention facilities in the United States.
Under the direction of our business development department and our senior management and with the aid, where appropriate, of certain independent consultants, we market our services to government agencies responsible for federal, state, and local correctional facilities in the United States. Recently, the industry has experienced greater opportunities at the federal level, as needs are increasing within the BOP, the USMS, and the ICE. The BOP and USMS were our only customers that accounted for 10% or more of our total revenue, generating 16% and 15%, respectively, of total revenue in 2005, 16% and 15%, respectively, in 2004, and 17% and 14%, respectively, in 2003. Contracts at the federal level generally offer more favorable contract terms. For example, certain federal contracts contain “take-or-pay” clauses that guarantee us a certain amount of management revenue, regardless of occupancy levels.
We believe that we can further develop our business by, among other things:
    Maintaining and expanding our existing customer relationships and continuing to fill existing beds within our facilities, while maintaining an adequate inventory of available beds that we believe provides us with flexibility and a competitive advantage when bidding for new management contracts;
 
    Enhancing the terms of our existing contracts; and
 
    Establishing relationships with new customers who have either previously not outsourced their correctional management needs or have utilized other private enterprises.
We generally receive inquiries from or on behalf of government agencies that are considering outsourcing the management of certain facilities or that have already decided to contract with private enterprise. When we receive such an inquiry, we determine whether there is an existing need for our

13


Table of Contents

services and whether the legal and political climate in which the inquiring party operates is conducive to serious consideration of outsourcing. Based on the findings, an initial cost analysis is conducted to further determine project feasibility.
We pursue our business opportunities through Request for Proposals, or RFPs, and Request for Qualifications, or RFQs. RFPs and RFQs are issued by government agencies and are solicited for bid by private enterprises.
Generally, government agencies responsible for correctional and detention services procure goods and services through RFPs and RFQs. Most of our activities in the area of securing new business are in the form of responding to RFPs. As part of our process of responding to RFPs, members of our management team meet with the appropriate personnel from the agency making the request to best determine the agency’s needs. If the project fits within our strategy, we submit a written response to the RFP. A typical RFP requires bidders to provide detailed information, including, but not limited to, the service to be provided by the bidder, its experience and qualifications, and the price at which the bidder is willing to provide the services (which services may include the renovation, improvement or expansion of an existing facility or the planning, design and construction of a new facility). Based on the proposals received in response to an RFP, the agency will award a contract to the successful bidder. In addition to issuing formal RFPs, local jurisdictions may issue an RFQ. In the RFQ process, the requesting agency selects a firm believed to be most qualified to provide the requested services and then negotiates the terms of the contract with that firm, which terms include the price at which its services are to be provided.
Competitive Strengths
We believe that we benefit from the following competitive strengths:
The Largest and Most Recognized Private Prison Operator. Our recognition as the industry’s leading private prison operator provides us with significant credibility with our current and prospective clients. We manage approximately 50% of all privately managed prison beds in the United States. We pioneered modern-day private prisons with a list of notable accomplishments, such as being the first company to design, build, and operate a private prison and the first company to manage a private maximum-security facility under a direct contract with the federal government. In addition to providing us with extensive experience and institutional knowledge, our size also helps us deliver value to our customers by providing purchasing power and allowing us to achieve certain economies of scale.
Available Beds Within Our Existing Facilities. We currently have three facilities, our Stewart County Correctional Facility, North Fork Correctional Facility, and T. Don Hutto Correctional Center, which are substantially vacant and provide us with approximately 3,400 available beds. During December 2005, we reached an agreement with the ICE to manage up to 600 detainees at the T. Don Hutto Correctional Center. We have not yet begun to receive detainees pursuant to this contract and are currently in discussions with the ICE regarding the nature and timing of the receipt of detainees from the ICE. We also have an additional facility, the Red Rock Correctional Center, a 1,596-bed correctional facility located in Eloy, Arizona, which is under construction and is expected to be completed during the third quarter of 2006. In addition to these four facilities, which provide an aggregate of approximately 5,000 available beds, as of December 31, 2005, our Crowley County Correctional Facility had approximately 650 beds available, which we expect to be substantially filled with inmates from the state of Colorado, providing further potential for increased cash flow.
In order to maintain an adequate supply of available beds to meet anticipated demand, while offering the state of Hawaii the opportunity to consolidate their inmates into fewer facilities, we recently commenced construction of a new 1,896-bed correctional facility, the Saguaro Correctional Facility,

14


Table of Contents

located adjacent to the Red Rock Correctional Center in Eloy, Arizona. We currently expect to complete construction of this facility during the second half of 2007. Although we do not have any contracts to fill these beds, we currently expect to relocate approximately 750 Alaskan inmates from our Florence Correctional Center to the Red Rock Correctional Center, and to consolidate inmates from the state of Hawaii from several of our facilities to the Saguaro Correctional Facility. As of December 31, 2005, we housed approximately 1,850 inmates from the state of Hawaii at several of our correctional facilities.
Expansion Opportunities. As a result of increasing demand for new beds from existing customers, several of the facilities we manage have been expanded. During 2004, we completed expansions of 1,652 beds at five of our facilities. During 2005, two of our customers completed expansions of facilities they own, resulting in an additional 925 beds to facilities that we currently manage. We believe the increasing demand for bed capacity will create additional expansion opportunities within the facilities we own or manage, creating the potential for future cash flow growth.
Diverse, High Quality Customer Base. We provide services under management contracts with state, federal, and local agencies that generally have credit ratings of single-A or better. In addition, with average inmate lengths of stay of between three and five years and a majority of our contracts having terms between one and five years, our revenue base is relatively predictable and stable.
Proven Senior Management Team. Our senior management team has applied their prior experience and diverse industry expertise to significantly improve our operations, related financial results, and capital structure. Under our senior management team’s leadership, we have created new business opportunities with customers that have not previously utilized the private corrections sector, expanded relationships with existing customers, including all three federal correctional and detention agencies, and successfully completed numerous recapitalization and refinancing transactions, resulting in increases in revenues, operating income, facility operating margins, and profitability.
Financial Flexibility. As of December 31, 2005, we had cash on hand of $64.9 million, investments of $19.0 million, and $78.5 million available under our $125.0 million revolving credit facility. During the year ended December 31, 2005, we generated $153.4 million in cash through operating activities, and as of December 31, 2005, we had net working capital of $146.8 million. Subsequent to year-end, we refinanced our senior bank credit facility, paying-off the $139.0 million balance of the term loan portion of the facility with the proceeds from the issuance of $150.0 million of 6.75% senior unsecured notes due 2014 after paying-off the remaining $10.0 million balance of the revolving portion of the facility with cash on hand. In connection with the refinancing, we increased our borrowing capacity by obtaining a new $150.0 million revolving credit facility which currently has $113.5 million of borrowing capacity (net of approximately $36.5 million in letters of credit outstanding thereunder). In addition, we have an effective “shelf” registration statement under which we may issue an indeterminate amount of securities from time to time when we determine that market conditions and the opportunity to utilize the proceeds from the issuance of such securities are favorable.
As a result of the completion of numerous recapitalization and refinancing transactions over the past several years, we have significantly reduced our exposure to variable rate debt, substantially eliminated our subordinated indebtedness, lowered our after tax interest obligations associated with our outstanding debt, further increasing our cash flow, and extended our total weighted average debt maturities. Also as a result of the completion of these capital transactions, covenants under our senior bank credit facility were amended to provide greater flexibility for, among other matters, incurring unsecured indebtedness, capital expenditures, and permitted acquisitions. With the most recent pay-off of our senior bank credit facility in January 2006 and the completion of our new revolving credit facility in February 2006, we removed the requirement to secure the senior bank credit facility with liens on our real estate assets and, instead, collateralized the facility primarily with security interests in our accounts

15


Table of Contents

receivable and deposit accounts. We also expanded our borrowing capacity with the new revolving credit facility. At December 31, 2005, after giving effect to the 2006 refinancing transactions, our total weighted average stated interest rate was 6.9% and our total weighted average debt maturity was 6.5 years. As an indication of the improvement of our operational performance and financial flexibility, Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services has raised our corporate credit rating from “B” at December 31, 2000 to “BB-” currently (an improvement by two ratings levels), and our senior unsecured debt rating from “CCC+” to “BB-” (an improvement by four ratings levels). Moody’s Investors Service has upgraded our senior unsecured debt rating from “Caa1” at December 31, 2000 to “Ba3” currently (an improvement by four ratings levels).
Business Strategy
Our primary business strategy is to provide quality corrections services, offer a compelling value, and increase occupancy and revenue, while maintaining our position as the leading owner, operator, and manager of privatized correctional and detention facilities. We will also consider opportunities for growth, including potential acquisitions of businesses within our line of business and those that provide complementary services, provided we believe such opportunities will broaden our market and/or increase the services we can provide to our customers.
Own and Operate High Quality Correctional and Detention Facilities. We believe that our customers choose an outsourced correctional service provider based primarily on the quality services provided. Approximately 87% of the facilities we operated as of December 31, 2005 are accredited by the ACA, an independent organization of corrections industry professionals that establishes standards by which a correctional facility may gain accreditation. We believe that this percentage compares favorably to the percentage of government-operated adult prisons that are accredited by the ACA. The quality of our operations is further illustrated by the fact that for the three years ended December 31, 2005, we had an escape ratio at our adult prison facilities of 0.07 per 10,000 inmates compared with 5.5 per 10,000 inmates for the public sector (according to the 2002 Corrections Yearbook published by the Criminal Justice Institute). We have experienced wardens managing our facilities, with an average of over 23 years of corrections experience and an average tenure of over ten years with us.
Offer Compelling Value. We believe that our customers also seek a compelling value and service offering when selecting an outsourced correctional services provider. We believe that we offer a cost-effective alternative to our customers by reducing their correctional services costs. We attempt to accomplish this through improving operating performance and efficiency through the following key operating initiatives: (1) standardizing supply and service purchasing practices and usage; (2) implementing a “franchise” approach to staffing and business practices in an effort to reduce our fixed expenses; (3) improving inmate management, resource consumption, and reporting procedures through the utilization of numerous technological initiatives; and (4) improving productivity and reducing employee turnover. We also intend to continue to implement a wide variety of specialized services that address the unique needs of various segments of the inmate population. Because the facilities we operate differ with respect to security levels, ages, genders, and cultures of inmates, we focus on the particular needs of an inmate population and tailor our services based on local conditions and our ability to provide services on a cost-effective basis.
Increase Occupancy. Our industry benefits from significant economies of scale, resulting in lower operating costs per inmate as occupancy rates increase. Our management team is pursuing a number of initiatives intended to increase occupancy through obtaining new and additional contracts. We are also focused on renewing and enhancing the terms of our existing contracts. Given our significant number of available beds, we believe we can increase operating cash flow from increased occupancy without incurring significant capital expenditures. During 2005, we completed the construction of approximately 1,500 beds at the Stewart County Correctional Facility and in February 2005, began

16


Table of Contents

construction of our new 1,596-bed Red Rock Correctional Center located in Eloy, Arizona. Additionally, two of our customers who own facilities that we manage completed construction projects which added approximately 900 new beds. We will also consider additional expansion opportunities or the development or purchase of new prison facilities that we believe have favorable investment returns and increase value to our stockholders.
The Corrections and Detention Industry
We believe we are well-positioned to capitalize on government outsourcing of correctional management services because of our competitive strengths and business strategy. The key reasons for this outsourcing trend include:
Growing United States Prison Population. The average annual growth rate of the prison population in the United States between December 1995 and December 2004 was 3.2%. The growth rate declined somewhat to 1.9% for the year ended December 31, 2004, with the sentenced state prison population rising by 1.8%. However, for the year ended December 31, 2004, the sentenced prison population for the federal government rose 5.5%. During 2004, the number of federal inmates increased 4.2%. Federal agencies are collectively our largest customer and accounted for 39% of our total revenues (when aggregating all of our federal contracts) for the year ended December 31, 2005. The Department of Homeland Security has also stepped up its efforts to secure America’s borders and reduce illegal migration through its Secure Border Initiative, or SBI. According to the Department of Homeland Security, the overall vision of SBI includes more agents to patrol America’s borders, secure ports of entry and enforce immigration laws, and expand detention and removal capabilities to eliminate the “catch and release” policy. The President recently signed the Homeland Security Appropriations Bill into law, which included an 11% increase for U.S. Customs and Border Protection, adding more border patrol agents and funding for detention beds. We believe these initiatives could lead to meaningful growth to the private corrections industry in general, and to our company in particular. We also believe growth will come from the growing demographic of the 18 to 24 year-old at-risk population. Males between 18 and 24 years of age have demonstrated the highest propensity for criminal behavior and the highest rates of arrest, conviction, and incarceration.
Prison Overcrowding. The significant growth of the prison population in the United States has led to overcrowding in the state and federal prison systems. In 2004, at least 24 states and the federal prison system reported operating at or above capacity. The federal prison system was operating at 40% above capacity at December 31, 2004.
Acceptance of Privatization. The prisoner population housed in privately managed facilities in the United States as of December 31, 2004 was approximately 98,900, or 6.6% of all inmates under federal and state jurisdiction. At December 31, 2004, 13.7% of federal inmates and 5.6% of state inmates were held in private facilities. Since December 31, 2000, the number of federal inmates held in private facilities has increased approximately 60%, while the number held in state facilities has remained relatively stable, decreasing 1.3%. Six states, all of which are our customers, housed at least 25% of their prison population in private facilities as of December 31, 2004 — New Mexico (42%), Alaska (31%), Montana (30%), Wyoming (28%), Hawaii (28%), and Oklahoma (25%).
Governmental Budgeting Constraints. We believe the outsourcing of prison management services to private operators allows governments to manage increasing inmate populations while simultaneously controlling correctional costs and improving correctional services. The use of facilities owned and managed by private operators allows governments to expand prison capacity without incurring large capital commitments required to increase correctional capacity. In addition, contracting with a private operator allows governmental agencies to add beds without making significant capital investment or

17


Table of Contents

incurring new debt. We believe these advantages translate into significant cost savings for government agencies. The fiscal 2006 federal budget provides for a total of approximately $692 million for contract confinement for the BOP, an increase of approximately $105 million over the fiscal 2005 federal budget. The fiscal 2006 federal budget allocates approximately $1.2 billion to the Office of the Federal Detention Trustee for prisoner detention, a 38% increase over approved fiscal 2005 funding. The United States Congress also approved in excess of approximately $1.4 billion for ICE detention and removal operations, including $90.0 million in new money for additional detention bed capacity. On December 30, 2005, the United States Congress mandated a 1% rescission on all fiscal 2006 appropriations to provide additional funding to the Department of Defense.
Government Regulation
Business Regulations
The industry in which we operate is subject to extensive federal, state, and local regulations, including educational, health care, and safety regulations, which are administered by many regulatory authorities. Some of the regulations are unique to the corrections industry and the combination of regulations we face is unique. Facility management contracts typically include reporting requirements, supervision, and on-site monitoring by representatives of the contracting governmental agencies. Corrections officers and juvenile care workers are customarily required to meet certain training standards and, in some instances, facility personnel are required to be licensed and subject to background investigation. Certain jurisdictions also require us to award subcontracts on a competitive basis or to subcontract with businesses owned by members of minority groups. Our facilities are also subject to operational and financial audits by the governmental agencies with which we have contracts. We may not always successfully comply with these regulations and failure to comply can result in material penalties or non-renewal or termination of facility management contracts.
In addition, private prison managers are increasingly subject to government legislation and regulation attempting to restrict the ability of private prison managers to house certain types of inmates. Legislation has been enacted in several states, and has previously been proposed in the United States Congress, containing such restrictions. Although we do not believe that existing legislation will have a material adverse effect on us, there can be no assurance that future legislation would not have such an effect.
Environmental Matters
Under various federal, state, and local environmental laws, ordinances and regulations, a current or previous owner or operator of real property may be liable for the costs of removal or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances on, under or in such property. Such laws often impose liability whether or not the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of such hazardous or toxic substances. As an owner of correctional and detention facilities, we have been subject to these laws, ordinances, and regulations as the result of our operation and management of correctional and detention facilities. Phase I environmental assessments have been obtained on substantially all of the properties we currently own. The cost of complying with environmental laws could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Americans with Disabilities Act
The correctional and detention facilities we operate and manage are subject to the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended. The Americans with Disabilities Act, or the ADA, has separate compliance requirements for “public accommodations” and “commercial facilities” but generally requires that public facilities such as correctional and detention facilities be made accessible to people

18


Table of Contents

with disabilities. Noncompliance could result in the imposition of fines or an award of damages to private litigants. Although we believe we are in compliance, any additional expenditures incurred in order to comply with the ADA at our facilities, if deemed necessary, would not likely have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996
In 1996, Congress enacted the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA. HIPAA is designed to improve the portability and continuity of health insurance coverage, simplify the administration of health insurance, and protect the privacy and security of health-related information. Privacy regulations promulgated under HIPAA regulate the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health-related information, whether communicated electronically, on paper, or orally. The regulations also provide patients with significant new rights related to understanding and controlling how their health information is used or disclosed. Security regulations promulgated under HIPAA required that health care providers implement administrative, physical, and technical practices to protect the security of individually identifiable health information that is maintained or transmitted electronically. Examples of mandated safeguards include requirements that notices of the entity’s privacy practices be sent and that patients and insureds be given the right to access and request amendments to their records. Authorizations are required before a provider, insurer or clearinghouse can use health information for marketing and certain other purposes. Additionally, health plans are required to electronically transmit and receive certain standardized health care information. These regulations require the implementation of compliance training and awareness programs for our health care service providers associated with healthcare we provide to inmates, and selected other employees primarily associated with our employee medical plans.
Insurance
We maintain a general liability insurance policy of $5.0 million per occurrence for all the facilities we operate, as well as insurance in amounts we deem adequate to cover property and casualty risks, workers’ compensation, and directors and officers liability. In addition, each of our leases with third-parties provides that the lessee will maintain insurance on each leased property under the lessee’s insurance policies providing for the following coverages: (i) fire, vandalism, and malicious mischief, extended coverage perils, and all physical loss perils; (ii) comprehensive general public liability (including personal injury and property damage); and (iii) workers’ compensation. Under each of these leases, we have the right to periodically review our lessees’ insurance coverage and provide input with respect thereto.
Each of our management contracts and the statutes of certain states require the maintenance of insurance. We maintain various insurance policies including employee health, workers’ compensation, automobile liability, and general liability insurance. Because we are significantly self-insured for employee health, workers’ compensation, and automobile liability insurance, the amount of our insurance expense is dependent on claims experience, and our ability to control our claims experience. Our insurance policies contain various deductibles and stop-loss amounts intended to limit our exposure for individually significant occurrences. However, the nature of our self-insurance policies provides little protection for a deterioration in overall claims experience. Although we have experienced modest improvements in claims experience in both employee medical and workers’ compensation, we are continually developing strategies to improve the management of our future loss claims but can provide no assurance that these strategies will be successful. Additionally, we have not recently experienced the increases in general liability and other types of insurance we experienced over the past few years that resulted from the terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001, and due to concerns over corporate governance and corporate accounting scandals. However, unanticipated additional insurance expenses resulting from adverse claims experience or an increasing cost environment for

19


Table of Contents

general liability and other types of insurance could adversely impact our results of operations and cash flows. See “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — We are subject to necessary insurance costs.”
Employees
As of December 31, 2005, we employed approximately 15,500 employees. Of such employees, approximately 300 were employed at our corporate offices and approximately 15,200 were employed at our facilities and in our inmate transportation business. We employ personnel in the following areas: clerical and administrative, facility administrators/wardens, security, medical, transportation and scheduling, maintenance, teachers, counselors, and other support services.
Each of the correctional and detention facilities we currently operate is managed as a separate operational unit by the facility administrator or warden. All of these facilities follow a standardized code of policies and procedures.
We have not experienced a strike or work stoppage at any of our facilities. Approximately 1,200 employees at six of our facilities are represented by labor unions. In the opinion of management, overall employee relations are generally considered good.
Competition
The correctional and detention facilities we operate and manage, as well as those facilities we own but are managed by other operators, are subject to competition for inmates from other private prison managers. We compete primarily on the basis of cost, the quality and range of services offered, our experience in the operation and management of correctional and detention facilities and our reputation. We compete with government agencies that are responsible for correctional facilities and a number of privatized correctional service companies, including, but not limited to, the GEO Group, Inc., Cornell Companies, Inc, and Management and Training Corporation. We also compete in some markets with small local companies that may have a better knowledge of the local conditions and may be better able to gain political and public acceptance. Other potential competitors may in the future enter into businesses competitive with us without a substantial capital investment or prior experience. Competition by other companies may adversely affect the number of inmates at our facilities, which could have a material adverse effect on the operating revenue of our facilities. In addition, revenue derived from our facilities will be affected by a number of factors, including the demand for inmate beds, general economic conditions, and the age of the general population.
Seasonality and Quarterly Results
Our business is somewhat subject to seasonal fluctuations. Because we are generally compensated for operating and managing facilities at an inmate per diem rate, our financial results are impacted by the number of calendar days in a fiscal quarter. Our fiscal year follows the calendar year and therefore, our daily profits for the third and fourth quarters include two more days than the first quarter (except in leap years) and one more day than the second quarter. Further, salaries and benefits represent the most significant component of operating expenses. Significant portions of our unemployment taxes are recognized during the first quarter, when base wage rates reset for state unemployment tax purposes. Finally, quarterly results are affected by government funding initiatives, the timing of the opening of new facilities, or the commencement of new management contracts and related start-up expenses which may mitigate or exacerbate the impact of other seasonal influences. Because of these seasonality factors, results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved for the full fiscal year.

20


Table of Contents

ITEM 1A.   RISK FACTORS.
As the owner and operator of correctional and detention facilities, we are subject to certain risks and uncertainties associated with, among other things, the corrections and detention industry and pending or threatened litigation in which we are involved. In addition, we are also currently subject to risks associated with our indebtedness. These risks and uncertainties set forth below could cause our actual results to differ materially from those indicated in the forward-looking statements contained herein and elsewhere. The risks described below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or those we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business operations. Any of the following risks could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
Our results of operations are dependent on revenues generated by our jails, prisons, and detention facilities, which are subject to the following risks associated with the corrections and detention industry.
We are subject to fluctuations in occupancy levels. While a substantial portion of our cost structure is fixed, a substantial portion of our revenues are generated under facility management contracts that specify per diem payments based upon occupancy. Under a per diem rate structure, a decrease in our occupancy rates could cause a decrease in revenue and profitability. Average compensated occupancy for our facilities in operation for 2005, 2004, and 2003 was 91.4%, 94.9%, and 93.1%, respectively. Occupancy rates may, however, decrease below these levels in the future.
We may incur significant start-up and operating costs on new contracts before receiving related revenues, which may impact our cash flows and not be recouped. When we are awarded a contract to manage a facility, we may incur significant start-up and operating expenses, including the cost of constructing the facility, purchasing equipment and staffing the facility, before we receive any payments under the contract. These expenditures could result in a significant reduction in our cash reserves and may make it more difficult for us to meet other cash obligations. In addition, a contract may be terminated prior to its scheduled expiration and as a result we may not recover these expenditures or realize any return on our investment.
Escapes, inmate disturbances, and public resistance to privatization of correctional and detention facilities could result in our inability to obtain new contracts or the loss of existing contracts. The operation of correctional and detention facilities by private entities has not achieved complete acceptance by either governments or the public. The movement toward privatization of correctional and detention facilities has also encountered resistance from certain groups, such as labor unions and others that believe that correctional and detention facilities should only be operated by governmental agencies.
Moreover, negative publicity about an escape, riot or other disturbance or perceived poor conditions at a privately managed facility may result in publicity adverse to us and the private corrections industry in general. Any of these occurrences or continued trends may make it more difficult for us to renew or maintain existing contracts or to obtain new contracts, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We are subject to termination or non-renewal of our government contracts. We typically enter into facility management contracts with governmental entities for terms of up to five years, with additional renewal periods at the option of the contracting governmental agency. Notwithstanding any contractual renewal option of a contracting governmental agency, 26 of our facility management

21


Table of Contents

contracts with the customers listed under “Business — Facility Portfolio — Facilities and Facility Management Contracts” have expired or are currently scheduled to expire on or before December 31, 2006. See “Business — Facility Portfolio — Facilities and Facility Management contracts.” One or more of these contracts may not be renewed by the corresponding governmental agency. In addition, these and any other contracting agencies may determine not to exercise renewal options with respect to any of our contracts in the future. Governmental agencies typically may also terminate a facility contract at any time without cause or use the possibility of termination to negotiate a lower fee for per diem rates. In the event any of our management contracts are terminated or are not renewed on favorable terms or otherwise, we may not be able to obtain additional replacement contracts. The non-renewal or termination of any of our contracts with governmental agencies could materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity, including our ability to secure new facility management contracts from others.
Competition for inmates may adversely affect the profitability of our business. We compete with government entities and other private operators on the basis of cost, quality, and range of services offered, experience in managing facilities and reputation of management and personnel. While there are barriers to entering the market for the management of correctional and detention facilities, these barriers may not be sufficient to limit additional competition. In addition, our government customers may assume the management of a facility we currently manage upon the termination of the corresponding management contract or, if such customers have capacity at their facilities, may take inmates currently housed in our facilities and transfer them to government run facilities. Since we are paid on a per diem basis with no minimum guaranteed occupancy under most of our contracts, the loss of such inmates and resulting decrease in occupancy would cause a decrease in our revenues and profitability.
We are dependent on government appropriations. Our cash flow is subject to the receipt of sufficient funding of and timely payment by contracting governmental entities. If the appropriate governmental agency does not receive sufficient appropriations to cover its contractual obligations, it may terminate our contract or delay or reduce payment to us. Any delays in payment, or the termination of a contract, could have an adverse effect on our cash flow and financial condition. In addition, as a result of, among other things, recent economic developments, federal, state and local governments have encountered, and may encounter, unusual budgetary constraints. As a result, a number of state and local governments are under pressure to control additional spending or reduce current levels of spending. Accordingly, we may be requested in the future to reduce our existing per diem contract rates or forego prospective increases to those rates. In addition, it may become more difficult to renew our existing contracts on favorable terms or otherwise.
Our ability to secure new contracts to develop and manage correctional and detention facilities depends on many factors outside our control. Our growth is generally dependent upon our ability to obtain new contracts to develop and manage new correctional and detention facilities. This possible growth depends on a number of factors we cannot control, including crime rates and sentencing patterns in various jurisdictions and acceptance of privatization. The demand for our facilities and services could be adversely affected by the relaxation of enforcement efforts, leniency in conviction and sentencing practices or through the decriminalization of certain activities that are currently proscribed by our criminal laws. For instance, any changes with respect to drugs and controlled substances or illegal immigration could affect the number of persons arrested, convicted, and sentenced, thereby potentially reducing demand for correctional facilities to house them. Legislation has been proposed in numerous jurisdictions that could lower minimum sentences for some non-violent crimes and make more inmates eligible for early release based on good behavior. Also, sentencing alternatives under consideration could put some offenders on probation with electronic monitoring who would otherwise be incarcerated. Similarly, reductions in crime rates could lead to reductions in arrests, convictions and sentences requiring incarceration at correctional facilities.

22


Table of Contents

During January 2005, the Supreme Court declared the federal sentencing guidelines, previously considered mandatory, as unconstitutional, stating they violate defendants’ rights under the Sixth Amendment to be tried by a jury. The Supreme Court advised that federal judges should continue to use the federal sentencing guidelines as suggestions rather than mandatory guidelines. Although it is too early to predict the impact, if any, on our business, the ruling could lead to federal sentences becoming more varied which could lead to a reduction in the length of sentences at correctional facilities.
Moreover, certain jurisdictions recently have required successful bidders to make a significant capital investment in connection with the financing of a particular project, a trend that will require us to have sufficient capital resources to compete effectively. We may not be able to obtain these capital resources when needed. Additionally, our success in obtaining new awards and contracts may depend, in part, upon our ability to locate land that can be leased or acquired under favorable terms. Otherwise desirable locations may be in or near populated areas and, therefore, may generate legal action or other forms of opposition from residents in areas surrounding a proposed site.
Failure to comply with unique and increased governmental regulation could result in material penalties or non-renewal or termination of our contracts to manage correctional and detention facilities. The industry in which we operate is subject to extensive federal, state, and local regulations, including educational, health care, and safety regulations, which are administered by many regulatory authorities. Some of the regulations are unique to the corrections industry and the combination of regulations we face is unique. Facility management contracts typically include reporting requirements, supervision, and on-site monitoring by representatives of the contracting governmental agencies. Corrections officers and juvenile care workers are customarily required to meet certain training standards and, in some instances, facility personnel are required to be licensed and subject to background investigation. Certain jurisdictions also require us to award subcontracts on a competitive basis or to subcontract with businesses owned by members of minority groups. Our facilities are also subject to operational and financial audits by the governmental agencies with whom we have contracts. We may not always successfully comply with these regulations, and failure to comply can result in material penalties or non-renewal or termination of facility management contracts.
In addition, private prison managers are increasingly subject to government legislation and regulation attempting to restrict the ability of private prison managers to house certain types of inmates, such as inmates from other jurisdictions or inmates at medium or higher security levels. Legislation has been enacted in several states, and has previously been proposed in the United States Congress, containing such restrictions. Such legislation may have an adverse effect on us.
Our inmate transportation subsidiary, TransCor, is subject to regulations stipulated by the Departments of Transportation and Justice. TransCor must also comply with the Interstate Transportation of Dangerous Criminals Act of 2000, which covers operational aspects of transporting prisoners, including, but not limited to, background checks and drug testing of employees; employee training; employee hours; staff-to-inmate ratios; prisoner restraints; communication with local law enforcement; and standards to help ensure the safety of prisoners during transport. We are subject to changes in such regulations, which could result in an increase in the cost of our transportation operations.
Moreover, the Federal Communications Commission, or the FCC, has published for comment a petition for rulemaking, filed on behalf of an inmate family, which would prevent private prison managers from collecting commissions from the operations of inmate telephone systems. We believe that there are sound reasons for the collection of such commissions by all operators of prisons, whether public or private. The FCC has traditionally deferred from rulemaking in this area; however, there is

23


Table of Contents

the risk that the FCC could act to prohibit private prison managers, like us, from collecting such revenues. Such an outcome could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
Government agencies may investigate and audit our contracts and, if any improprieties are found, we may be required to refund revenues we have received, to forego anticipated revenues, and we may be subject to penalties and sanctions, including prohibitions on our bidding in response to RFPs. Certain of the governmental agencies with which we contract have the authority to audit and investigate our contracts with them. As part of that process, government agencies may review our performance of the contract, our pricing practices, our cost structure and our compliance with applicable laws, regulations and standards. For contracts that actually or effectively provide for certain reimbursement of expenses, if an agency determines that we have improperly allocated costs to a specific contract, we may not be reimbursed for those costs, and we could be required to refund the amount of any such costs that have been reimbursed. If a government audit asserts improper or illegal activities by us, we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including termination of contracts, forfeitures of profits, suspension of payments, fines and suspension or disqualification from doing business with certain government entities. Any adverse determination could adversely impact our ability to bid in response to RFPs in one or more jurisdictions.
We may face community opposition to facility location, which may adversely affect our ability to obtain new contracts. Our success in obtaining new awards and contracts sometimes depends, in part, upon our ability to locate land that can be leased or acquired, on economically favorable terms, by us or other entities working with us in conjunction with our proposal to construct and/or manage a facility. Some locations may be in or near populous areas and, therefore, may generate legal action or other forms of opposition from residents in areas surrounding a proposed site. When we select the intended project site, we attempt to conduct business in communities where local leaders and residents generally support the establishment of a privatized correctional or detention facility. Future efforts to find suitable host communities may not be successful. In many cases, the site selection is made by the contracting governmental entity. In such cases, site selection may be made for reasons related to political and/or economic development interests and may lead to the selection of sites that have less favorable environments.
We depend on a limited number of governmental customers for a significant portion of our revenues. We currently derive, and expect to continue to derive, a significant portion of our revenues from a limited number of governmental agencies. The loss of, or a significant decrease in, business from the BOP, ICE, USMS, or various state agencies could seriously harm our financial condition and results of operations. The three primary federal governmental agencies with correctional and detention responsibilities, the BOP, ICE, and USMS, accounted for 39% of our total revenues for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 ($466.8 million). The BOP accounted for 16% of our total revenues for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 ($196.0 million), and the USMS accounted for 15% of our total revenues for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 ($177.9 million). We expect to continue to depend upon the federal agencies and a relatively small group of other governmental customers for a significant percentage of our revenues.
A decrease in occupancy levels could cause a decrease in revenues and profitability. While a substantial portion of our cost structure is generally fixed, a significant portion of our revenues are generated under facility management contracts which provide for per diem payments based upon daily occupancy. We are dependent upon the governmental agencies with which we have contracts to provide inmates for our managed facilities. We cannot control occupancy levels at our managed facilities. Under a per diem rate structure, a decrease in our occupancy rates could cause a decrease in revenues and profitability. When combined with relatively fixed costs for operating each facility, regardless of the occupancy level, a decrease in occupancy levels could have a material adverse effect on our profitability.

24


Table of Contents

We are dependent upon our senior management and our ability to attract and retain sufficient qualified personnel.
We are dependent upon the continued service of each member of our senior management team, including John D. Ferguson, our President and Chief Executive Officer. The unexpected loss of any of these persons could materially adversely affect our business and operations. We only have employment agreements with our President and Chief Executive Officer; Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; Executive Vice President and Chief Corrections Officer; Executive Vice President and Chief Development Officer; Executive Vice President and Chief People Officer; and Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, all of which expire in 2006 subject to annual renewals unless either party gives notice of termination.
In addition, the services we provide are labor-intensive. When we are awarded a facility management contract or open a new facility, we must hire operating management, correctional officers, and other personnel. The success of our business requires that we attract, develop, and retain these personnel. Our inability to hire sufficient qualified personnel on a timely basis or the loss of significant numbers of personnel at existing facilities could adversely affect our business and operations.
We are subject to necessary insurance costs.
Workers’ compensation, employee health, and general liability insurance represent significant costs to us. Because we significantly self-insure for workers’ compensation, employee health, and general liability risks, the amount of our insurance expense is dependent on claims experience, our ability to control our claims experience, and in the case of workers’ compensation and employee health, rising health care costs in general. Further, additional terrorist attacks such as those on September 11, 2001, and concerns over corporate governance and corporate accounting scandals, could make it more difficult and costly to obtain liability and other types of insurance. Unanticipated additional insurance costs could adversely impact our results of operations and cash flows, and the failure to obtain or maintain any necessary insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on us.
We may be adversely affected by inflation.
Many of our facility management contracts provide for fixed management fees or fees that increase by only small amounts during their terms. If, due to inflation or other causes, our operating expenses, such as wages and salaries of our employees, insurance, medical, and food costs, increase at rates faster than increases, if any, in our management fees, then our profitability would be adversely affected. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Inflation.”
We are subject to legal proceedings associated with owning and managing correctional and detention facilities.
Our ownership and management of correctional and detention facilities, and the provision of inmate transportation services by a subsidiary, expose us to potential third-party claims or litigation by prisoners or other persons relating to personal injury or other damages resulting from contact with a facility, its managers, personnel or other prisoners, including damages arising from a prisoner’s escape from, or a disturbance or riot at, a facility we own or manage, or from the misconduct of our employees. To the extent the events serving as a basis for any potential claims are alleged or determined to constitute illegal or criminal activity, we could also be subject to criminal liability. Such liability could result in significant monetary fines and could affect our ability to bid on future contracts and retain our existing contracts. In addition, as an owner of real property, we may be subject to a variety of proceedings relating to personal injuries of persons at such facilities. The claims against our

25


Table of Contents

facilities may be significant and may not be covered by insurance. Even in cases covered by insurance, our deductible (or self-insured retention) may be significant.
We are subject to risks associated with ownership of real estate.
Our ownership of correctional and detention facilities subjects us to risks typically associated with investments in real estate. Investments in real estate and, in particular, correctional and detention facilities have limited or no alternative use and thus, are relatively illiquid, and therefore, our ability to divest ourselves of one or more of our facilities promptly in response to changed conditions is limited. Investments in correctional and detention facilities, in particular, subject us to risks involving potential exposure to environmental liability and uninsured loss. Our operating costs may be affected by the obligation to pay for the cost of complying with existing environmental laws, ordinances and regulations, as well as the cost of complying with future legislation. In addition, although we maintain insurance for many types of losses, there are certain types of losses, such as losses from earthquakes and acts of terrorism, which may be either uninsurable or for which it may not be economically feasible to obtain insurance coverage, in light of the substantial costs associated with such insurance. As a result, we could lose both our capital invested in, and anticipated profits from, one or more of the facilities we own. Further, it is possible to experience losses that may exceed the limits of insurance coverage.
In addition, our increased focus on facility development and expansions poses an increased risk, including cost overruns caused by various factors, many of which are beyond our control, such as weather, labor conditions, and material shortages, resulting in increased construction costs. Further, if we are unable to utilize this new capacity, our financial results could deteriorate.
Certain of our facilities are subject to options to purchase and reversions. Ten of our facilities are or will be subject to an option to purchase by certain governmental agencies. Such options are exercisable by the corresponding contracting governmental entity generally at any time during the term of the respective facility management contract. See “Business — Facility Portfolio — Facilities and Facility Management Contracts.” If any of these options are exercised, there exists the risk that we will be unable to invest the proceeds from the sale of the facility in one or more properties that yield as much cash flow as the property acquired by the government entity. In addition, in the event any of these options are exercised, there exists the risk that the contracting governmental agency will terminate the management contract associated with such facility. For the year ended December 31, 2005, the facilities subject to these options generated $218.1 million in revenue (18% of total revenue) and incurred $159.1 million in operating expenses. Certain of the options to purchase are exercisable at prices below fair market value. See “Business — Facility Portfolio — Facilities and Facility Management Contracts.”
In addition, ownership of three of our facilities (including two that are also subject to options to purchase) will, upon the expiration of certain ground leases with remaining terms generally ranging from 11 to 13 years, revert to the respective governmental agency contracting with us. See “Business — Facility Portfolio — Facilities and Facility Management Contracts.” At the time of such reversion, there exists the risk that the contracting governmental agency will terminate the management contract associated with such facility. For the year ended December 31, 2005, the facilities subject to reversion generated $74.3 million in revenue (6% of total revenue) and incurred $56.2 million in operating expenses.

26


Table of Contents

Risks related to facility construction and development activities may increase our costs related to such activities.
When we are engaged to perform construction and design services for a facility, we typically act as the primary contractor and subcontract with other companies who act as the general contractors. As primary contractor, we are subject to the various risks associated with construction (including, without limitation, shortages of labor and materials, work stoppages, labor disputes, and weather interference) which could cause construction delays. In addition, we are subject to the risk that the general contractor will be unable to complete construction at the budgeted costs or be unable to fund any excess construction costs, even though we require general contractors to post construction bonds and insurance. Under such contracts, we are ultimately liable for all late delivery penalties and cost overruns.
We may be adversely affected by the rising cost and increasing difficulty of obtaining adequate levels of surety credit on favorable terms.
We are often required to post bid or performance bonds issued by a surety company as a condition to bidding on or being awarded a contract. Availability and pricing of these surety commitments are subject to general market and industry conditions, among other factors. Recent events in the economy have caused the surety market to become unsettled, causing many reinsurers and sureties to reevaluate their commitment levels and required returns. As a result, surety bond premiums generally are increasing. If we are unable to effectively pass along the higher surety costs to our customers, any increase in surety costs could adversely affect our operating results. We cannot assure you that we will have continued access to surety credit or that we will be able to secure bonds economically, without additional collateral, or at the levels required for any potential facility development or contract bids. If we are unable to obtain adequate levels of surety credit on favorable terms, we would have to rely upon letters of credit under our new revolving credit facility, which would entail higher costs even if such borrowing capacity was available when desired at the time, and our ability to bid for or obtain new contracts could be impaired.
Our issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect holders of our common stock and discourage a takeover.
Our board of directors has the power to issue up to 50.0 million shares of preferred stock without any action on the part of our stockholders. Our board of directors also has the power, without stockholder approval, to set the terms of any new series of preferred stock that may be issued, including voting rights, dividend rights, preferences over our common stock with respect to dividends or in the event of a dissolution, liquidation or winding up and other terms. In the event that we issue additional shares of preferred stock in the future that has preference over our common stock, with respect to payment of dividends or upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or if we issue preferred stock with voting rights that dilute the voting power of our common stock, the rights of the holders of our common stock or the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected. In addition, the ability of our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock without any action on the part of our stockholders may impede a takeover of us and prevent a transaction favorable to our stockholders.
Our charter and bylaws and Maryland law could make it difficult for a third party to acquire our company.
The Maryland General Corporation Law and our charter and bylaws contain provisions that could delay, deter, or prevent a change in control of our company or our management. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for our stockholders to elect directors and take other corporate actions. These provisions:

27


Table of Contents

    authorize us to issue “blank check” preferred stock, which is preferred stock that can be created and issued by our board of directors, without stockholder approval, with rights senior to those of common stock;
 
    provide that directors may be removed with or without cause only by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes of shares entitled to vote thereon; and
 
    establish advance notice requirements for submitting nominations for election to the board of directors and for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at a meeting.
We are also subject to anti-takeover provisions under Maryland law, which could also delay or prevent a change of control. Together, these provisions of our charter and bylaws and Maryland law may discourage transactions that otherwise could provide for the payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our common stock, and also could limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.
Risks Related to Our Leveraged Capital Structure
Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under our debt securities.
We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of December 31, 2005, we had total indebtedness of $975.6 million. Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:
    make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness;
 
    increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
 
    require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, and other general corporate purposes;
 
    limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;
 
    place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and
 
    limit our ability to borrow additional funds or refinance existing indebtedness on favorable terms.
Our new revolving credit facility and other debt instruments have restrictive covenants that could affect our financial condition.
The indenture related to our aggregate principal amount of $450.0 million 7.5% senior notes due 2011, the indenture related to our aggregate principal amount of $375.0 million 6.25% senior notes due 2013, and the indenture related to our aggregate principal amount of $150.0 million 6.75% senior notes due 2014 issued subsequent to year-end, collectively referred to herein as our senior notes, and our new revolving credit facility contain financial and other restrictive covenants that limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interests. Our ability to borrow under our new revolving

28


Table of Contents

credit facility is subject to compliance with certain financial covenants, including leverage and interest coverage ratios. Our new revolving credit facility includes other restrictions that, among other things, limit our ability to incur indebtedness; grant liens; engage in mergers, consolidations and liquidations; make asset dispositions, restricted payments and investments; enter into transactions with affiliates; and amend, modify or prepay certain indebtedness. The indentures related to our senior notes contain limitations on our ability to effect mergers and change of control events, as well as other limitations, including:
    limitations on incurring additional indebtedness;
 
    limitations on the sale of assets;
 
    limitations on the declaration and payment of dividends or other restricted payments;
 
    limitations on transactions with affiliates; and
 
    limitations on liens.
Our failure to comply with these covenants could result in an event of default that, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our debts. We do not have sufficient working capital to satisfy our debt obligations in the event of an acceleration of all or a significant portion of our outstanding indebtedness.
Servicing our indebtedness will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.
Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control.
The risk exists that our business will be unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will not be available to us under our new revolving credit facility in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, including our existing senior notes, or new debt securities, or to fund our other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, including our senior notes, or new debt securities, on or before maturity. We may not, however, be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including our new revolving credit facility and including our senior notes, or new debt securities on commercially reasonable terms or at all.
We are required to repurchase all or a portion of our senior notes upon a change of control.
Upon certain change of control events, as that term is defined in the indentures for our senior notes, including a change of control caused by an unsolicited third party, we are required to make an offer in cash to repurchase all or any part of each holder’s notes at a repurchase price equal to 101% of the principal thereof, plus accrued interest. The source of funds for any such repurchase would be our available cash or cash generated from operations or other sources, including borrowings, sales of equity or funds provided by a new controlling person or entity. Sufficient funds may not be available to us, however, at the time of any change of control event to repurchase all or a portion of the tendered notes pursuant to this requirement. Our failure to offer to repurchase notes, or to repurchase notes tendered, following a change of control will result in a default under the respective indentures, which could lead to a cross-default under our new revolving credit facility and under the terms of our other

29


Table of Contents

indebtedness. In addition, our new revolving credit facility prohibits us from making any such required repurchases. Prior to repurchasing the notes upon a change of control event, we must either repay outstanding indebtedness under our new revolving credit facility or obtain the consent of the lenders under our new revolving credit facility. If we do not obtain the required consents or repay our outstanding indebtedness under our new revolving credit facility, we would remain effectively prohibited from offering to purchase the notes.
Despite current indebtedness levels, we may still incur more debt
The terms of the indentures for our senior notes and our new revolving credit facility restrict our ability to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. However, in the future we may refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, including our new revolving credit facility, and may incur additional indebtedness as a result. As of December 31, 2005, we had $78.5 million of additional borrowing capacity available under our old $125.0 million revolving credit facility. As discussed herein, we replaced the $125.0 million revolving credit facility with the new revolving credit facility, which currently has $113.5 million of borrowing capacity (net of approximately $36.5 million letters of credit) with an accordion feature that allows for up to $100.0 million in additional availability, at our option, if certain conditions are met. In addition, we have an effective “shelf” registration statement under which we may issue an indeterminate amount of securities from time to time when we determine that market conditions and the opportunity to utilize the proceeds from the issuance of such securities are favorable. If new debt is added to our and our subsidiaries’ current debt levels, the related risks that we and they now face could intensify.
ITEM 1B.   UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.
None.
ITEM 2.   PROPERTIES.
The properties we owned at December 31, 2005 are described under Item 1 and in Note 4 of the Notes to the Financial Statements contained in this annual report.
ITEM 3.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
General. The nature of our business results in claims and litigation alleging that we are liable for damages arising from the conduct of our employees, inmates or others. We maintain insurance to cover many of these claims which may mitigate the risk that any single claim would have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows, provided the claim is one for which coverage is available. The combination of self-insured retentions and deductible amounts means that, in the aggregate, we are subject to substantial self-insurance risk. In the opinion of management, there are no pending legal proceedings that would have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Adversarial proceedings and litigation are, however, subject to inherent uncertainties, and unfavorable decisions and rulings could occur which could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows for a period in which such decisions or rulings occur, or future periods.
ITEM 4.   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.
None.

30


Table of Contents

PART II.
ITEM 5.   MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.
Market Price of and Distributions on Capital Stock
Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbol “CXW.” On March 1, 2006 the last reported sale price of our common stock was $43.15 per share and there were approximately 6,400 registered holders and approximately 28,600 beneficial holders, respectively, of our common stock.
The following table sets forth, for the fiscal quarters indicated, the range of high and low sales prices of the common stock.
Common Stock
                 
    SALES PRICE  
    HIGH     LOW  
FISCAL YEAR 2005
               
First Quarter
  $ 43.06     $ 36.67  
Second Quarter
  $ 39.77     $ 35.25  
Third Quarter
  $ 40.14     $ 36.70  
Fourth Quarter
  $ 45.40     $ 36.51  
 
               
FISCAL YEAR 2004
               
First Quarter
  $ 35.78     $ 27.66  
Second Quarter
  $ 39.89     $ 33.50  
Third Quarter
  $ 41.15     $ 32.54  
Fourth Quarter
  $ 40.81     $ 33.53  
Dividend Policy
During the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, we did not pay any dividends on our common stock. Pursuant to the terms of the indentures governing our senior notes, we are limited in the amount of dividends we can declare or pay on our outstanding shares of common stock. Taking into consideration these limitations, management and our board of directors regularly evaluate the merits of declaring and paying a dividend. Future dividends, if any, will depend on our future earnings, our capital requirements, our financial condition, alternative uses of capital, and on such other factors as our board of directors may consider relevant.
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.
The following selected financial data for the five years ended December 31, 2005, was derived from our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto. This data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements, including the related notes, and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our audited consolidated financial statements, including the related notes, as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 are included in this annual report. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets”, all prior years presented have been reclassified to reflect discontinued operations.

31


Table of Contents

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES
SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION

(in thousands, except per share data)
                                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2005     2004     2003     2002     2001  
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS:
                                       
 
                                       
Revenue:
                                       
Management and other
  $ 1,188,649     $ 1,122,542     $ 1,003,865     $ 906,556     $ 881,884  
Rental
    3,991       3,845       3,742       3,701       5,718  
 
                             
 
                                       
Total revenue
    1,192,640       1,126,387       1,007,607       910,257       887,602  
 
                             
 
                                       
Expenses:
                                       
Operating
    898,793       850,366       747,800       694,372       673,003  
General and administrative
    57,053       48,186       40,467       36,907       34,568  
Depreciation and amortization
    59,882       54,445       52,884       53,417       56,325  
 
                             
 
                                       
Total expenses
    1,015,728       952,997       841,151       784,696       763,896  
 
                             
 
                                       
Operating income
    176,912       173,390       166,456       125,561       123,706  
 
                                       
Other (income) expense:
                                       
Interest expense, net
    63,928       69,177       74,446       87,393       125,771  
Expenses associated with debt refinancing and recapitalization transactions
    35,269       101       6,687       36,670        
Change in fair value of derivative instruments
                (2,900 )     (2,206 )     (14,554 )
Other (income) expense
    263       943       (414 )     (359 )     483  
 
                             
 
                                       
Income from continuing operations before income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change
    77,452       103,169       88,637       4,063       12,006  
Income tax (expense) benefit
    (26,888 )     (41,514 )     52,352       63,284       3,358  
 
                             
Income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change
    50,564       61,655       140,989       67,347       15,364  
 
                                       
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    (442 )     888       794       5,013       10,330  
Cumulative effect of accounting change
                      (80,276 )      
 
                             
 
                                       
Net income (loss)
    50,122       62,543       141,783       (7,916 )     25,694  
 
                                       
Distributions to preferred stockholders
          (1,462 )     (15,262 )     (20,959 )     (20,024 )
 
                             
 
                                       
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
  $ 50,122     $ 61,081     $ 126,521     $ (28,875 )   $ 5,670  
 
                             
(continued)

32


Table of Contents

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES
SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION

(in thousands, except per share data)
(continued)
                                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2005     2004     2003     2002     2001  
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
                                       
 
                                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change
  $ 1.31     $ 1.71     $ 3.90     $ 1.68     $ (0.19 )
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    (0.01 )     0.03       0.02       0.18       0.42  
Cumulative effect of accounting change
                      (2.90 )      
 
                             
 
                                       
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
  $ 1.30     $ 1.74     $ 3.92     $ (1.04 )   $ 0.23  
 
                             
 
                                       
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
                                       
 
                                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change
  $ 1.26     $ 1.53     $ 3.42     $ 1.51     $ (0.19 )
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    (0.01 )     0.02       0.02       0.16       0.42  
Cumulative effect of accounting change
                      (2.49 )      
 
                             
 
                                       
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
  $ 1.25     $ 1.55     $ 3.44     $ (0.82 )   $ 0.23  
 
                             
 
                                       
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                                       
Basic
    38,475       35,059       32,245       27,669       24,380  
Diluted
    40,281       39,780       38,049       32,208       24,380  
                                         
    December 31,  
    2005     2004     2003     2002     2001  
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
                                       
 
                                       
Total assets
  $ 2,086,313     $ 2,023,078     $ 1,959,028     $ 1,874,071     $ 1,971,280  
Total debt
  $ 975,636     $ 1,002,295     $ 1,003,428     $ 955,959     $ 963,600  
Total liabilities
  $ 1,169,682     $ 1,207,084     $ 1,183,563     $ 1,140,073     $ 1,224,119  
Stockholders’ equity
  $ 916,631     $ 815,994     $ 775,465     $ 733,998     $ 747,161  

33


Table of Contents

ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this report. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including, but not limited to, those described under “Risk Factors” and included in other portions of this report.
OVERVIEW
The Company
As of December 31, 2005, we owned 42 correctional, detention and juvenile facilities, three of which we lease to other operators. We currently operate 63 facilities, with a total design capacity of approximately 71,000 beds in 19 states and the District of Columbia. We are the nation’s largest owner and operator of privatized correctional and detention facilities and one of the largest prison operators in the United States behind only the federal government and three states. Our size and experience provide us with significant credibility with our current and prospective customers, and enables us to generate economies of scale in purchasing power for food services, health care and other supplies and services we offer to our customers.
We are compensated for operating and managing prisons and correctional facilities at an inmate per diem rate based upon actual or minimum guaranteed occupancy levels. The significant expansion of the prison population in the United States has led to overcrowding in the state and federal prison systems, providing us with opportunities for growth. Federal, state, and local governments may experience budgetary constraints putting pressure on governments to control correctional budgets, including per diem rates our customers pay to us. Although budgetary constraints have been somewhat alleviated recently, governments continue to experience constrained correctional budgets putting pressure on their ability to construct new beds. We believe the outsourcing of prison management services to private operators allows governments to manage increasing inmate populations while simultaneously controlling correctional costs and improving correctional services. We believe our customers discover that partnering with private operators to provide residential services to their inmates introduces competition to their prison system, resulting in improvements to the quality and cost of corrections services throughout their correctional system. Further, the use of facilities owned and managed by private operators allows governments to expand prison capacity without incurring large capital commitments required to increase correctional capacity.
We also believe that having beds immediately available to our customers provides us with a distinct competitive advantage when bidding on new contracts. While we have been successful in winning contract awards to provide management services for facilities we do not own, and will continue to pursue such management contracts, we believe the most significant opportunities for growth are in providing our government partners with available beds within facilities we currently own or develop. We also believe that owning the facilities in which we provide management services enables us to more rapidly replace business lost compared with managed-only facilities, since we can offer the same beds to new and existing customers and, with customer consent, may have more flexibility in moving our existing inmate populations to facilities with available capacity. All of our management contracts generally provide our customers with the right to terminate our management contracts at any time without cause.
We currently have three correctional facilities, our Stewart County Correctional Facility, our North Fork Correctional Facility, and our T. Don Hutto Correctional Center, which are substantially vacant

34


Table of Contents

and provide us with approximately 3,400 available beds. During December 2005, we reached an agreement with the U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement, or the ICE, to manage up to 600 detainees at our T. Don Hutto Correctional Center in Taylor, Texas. We have not yet begun to receive detainees pursuant to this contract and are currently in discussions with the ICE regarding the nature and timing of the receipt of detainees from the ICE. We also have two additional facilities located in Eloy, Arizona, which are under construction. The Red Rock Correctional Center will provide approximately 1,600 additional beds during the third quarter of 2006 and the Saguaro Correctional Facility is expected to bring approximately 1,900 additional beds on-line during the second half of 2007. We expect that both of these facilities will be used primarily for our existing customers. In addition to these five facilities, which will provide an aggregate of approximately 6,900 available beds, as of December 31, 2005, our Crowley County Correctional Facility had approximately 650 beds available, which we expect to be substantially filled with inmates from the state of Colorado, providing further potential for increased cash flow.
As a result of the completion of numerous recapitalization and refinancing transactions over the past several years, we have significantly reduced our exposure to variable rate debt, substantially eliminated our subordinated indebtedness, lowered our after tax interest obligations associated with our outstanding debt, further increasing our cash flow, and extended our total weighted average debt maturities. Also as a result of the completion of these capital transactions, covenants under our senior bank credit facility were amended to provide greater flexibility for, among other matters, incurring unsecured indebtedness, capital expenditures, and permitted acquisitions. With the most recent pay-off of our senior bank credit facility in January 2006 and the completion of our new revolving credit facility in February 2006, we removed the requirement to secure the senior bank credit facility with liens on our real estate assets and, instead, collateralized the facility primarily with security interests in our accounts receivable and deposit accounts. We also expanded our borrowing capacity with the new revolving credit facility. Standard and Poor’s currently rates our senior unsecured debt as “BB-.” Moody’s Investors Service currently rates our senior unsecured debt as “Ba3.” As previously described, we are utilizing this financial flexibility and liquidity to increase our capacity for sustained growth.
We are also focusing our efforts on containing our costs. While we have been successful in reducing our variable expenses primarily by taking advantage of our purchasing power, and will strive for continued progress in this area, we believe the largest opportunity for further reducing our facility operating expenses is through the implementation of a “franchise” approach to staffing and business practices and through investments in technology. Approximately 64% of our operating expenses consist of salaries and benefits. Containing these expenses will continue to be challenging. Further, the turnover rate for correctional officers for our company, and for the corrections industry in general, remains high, and medical benefits for our employees continue to increase primarily as a result of continued rising healthcare costs throughout the country. Unlike the savings reaped in our variable operating expenses, reducing these staffing costs requires a long-term strategy to control such costs. Most recently, we have created numerous multi-departmental teams to perform individual facility reviews with a focus on improving employee stability and consistency in the delivery of our correctional services. We also continue to make investments in technology, many of which are unique and new to the corrections industry, which we believe can enable us to operate safe and secure facilities with more efficient, highly skilled and better-trained staff, and to reduce turnover.
Through the combination of our business development initiatives to increase our revenues by taking advantage of our available beds (while maintaining an adequate supply of new beds), and our strategies to generate savings and to contain our operating expenses, we believe we will be able to maintain our competitive advantage and continue to improve the quality services we provide to our customers at an economical price, thereby producing value to our stockholders.

35


Table of Contents

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. As such, we are required to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions that we believe are reasonable based upon the information available. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. A summary of our significant accounting policies is described in Note 2 to our audited financial statements. The significant accounting policies and estimates which we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results include the following:
Asset impairments. As of December 31, 2005, we had $1.7 billion in long-lived assets. We evaluate the recoverability of the carrying values of our long-lived assets, other than goodwill, when events suggest that an impairment may have occurred. In these circumstances, we utilize estimates of undiscounted cash flows to determine if an impairment exists. If an impairment exists, it is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset.
Goodwill impairments. Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” or SFAS 142, establishes accounting and reporting requirements for goodwill and other intangible assets. Under SFAS 142, goodwill attributable to each of our reporting units is tested for impairment by comparing the fair value of each reporting unit with its carrying value. Fair value is determined using a collaboration of various common valuation techniques, including market multiples, discounted cash flows, and replacement cost methods. These impairment tests are required to be performed at least annually. We perform our impairment tests during the fourth quarter, in connection with our annual budgeting process, and whenever circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable.
Income taxes. Income taxes are accounted for under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS 109”). SFAS 109 generally requires us to record deferred income taxes for the tax effect of differences between book and tax bases of our assets and liabilities.
Deferred income taxes reflect the available net operating losses and the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Realization of the future tax benefits related to deferred tax assets is dependent on many factors, including our past earnings history, expected future earnings, the character and jurisdiction of such earnings, unsettled circumstances that, if unfavorably resolved, would adversely affect utilization of our deferred tax assets, carryback and carryforward periods, and tax strategies that could potentially enhance the likelihood of realization of a deferred tax asset. Prior to the year ended December 31, 2003, we provided a valuation allowance to substantially reserve our deferred tax assets in accordance with SFAS 109. However, at December 31, 2003, we concluded that it was more likely than not that substantially all of our deferred tax assets would be realized. As a result, in accordance with SFAS 109, the valuation allowance applied to such deferred tax assets was reversed.
Removal of the valuation allowance resulted in a significant non-cash reduction in income tax expense. In addition, because a portion of the previously recorded valuation allowance was established to reserve certain deferred tax assets upon the acquisitions of two service companies during 2000, in accordance with SFAS 109, removal of the valuation allowance resulted in a reduction to the remaining goodwill recorded in connection with such acquisitions to the extent the reversal related to the valuation allowance applied to deferred tax assets existing at the date the service companies were acquired. In addition, removal of the valuation allowance resulted in an increase in our additional

36


Table of Contents

paid-in capital related to the tax benefits of exercises of employee stock options and of grants of restricted stock. The reduction to goodwill amounted to $4.5 million, while additional paid-in capital increased $2.6 million.
During 2003, the Internal Revenue Service (“the IRS”) completed its field audit of our 2001 federal income tax return. During the fourth quarter of 2004, the 2001 audit results underwent a review by the Joint Committee on Taxation. Based on that review, the IRS adjusted the carryback claims we filed on our 2001 and 2002 federal income tax returns, requiring us to repay approximately $16.3 million of refunds we received during 2002 and 2003 as a result of tax law changes provided by the “Job Creation and Worker Assistance Act of 2002.” A portion of our tax loss was deemed not to be available for carryback to 1997 and 1996 due to our restructuring that occurred between 1997 and 2001. However, we will carry this tax loss forward to offset future taxable income. While the adjustment did not result in a loss of deductions claimed, we were obligated to repay the amount of the adjusted refund, plus interest of approximately $2.9 million, or $1.7 million after taxes, through December 31, 2004. These obligations were accrued in our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2004. During 2005, we successfully disputed a portion of the repayment, resulting in a reduction to the repayment by approximately $1.3 million and reducing the related interest accrued during 2005. Our obligations pertaining to this audit were paid in 2005.
As of December 31, 2004, we expected to utilize our remaining federal net operating losses in 2005. However, deductible expenses associated with debt refinancing transactions completed during March 2005 resulted in a decrease in our estimate of taxable income to be generated in 2005, such that we now do not expect to fully utilize our remaining federal net operating losses until 2006. Although we now expect to utilize our remaining federal net operating losses in 2006, we have approximately $11.6 million in net operating losses applicable to various states that we expect to carry forward in future years to offset taxable income in such states. Certain of these net operating losses have begun to expire. Accordingly, we have a valuation allowance of $2.8 million for the estimated amount of the net operating losses that will expire unused, in addition to a $5.5 million valuation allowance related to state tax credits that are also expected to expire unused. Although our estimate of future taxable income is based on current assumptions we believe to be reasonable, our assumptions may prove inaccurate and could change in the future, which could result in the expiration of additional net operating losses or credits. We would be required to establish a valuation allowance at such time that we no longer expected to utilize these net operating losses or credits, which could result in a material impact on our results of operations in the future.
Self-funded insurance reserves. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, we had $33.6 million and $34.4 million, respectively, in accrued liabilities for employee health, workers’ compensation, and automobile insurance claims. We are significantly self-insured for employee health, workers’ compensation, and automobile liability insurance claims. As such, our insurance expense is largely dependent on claims experience and our ability to control our claims. We have consistently accrued the estimated liability for employee health insurance claims based on our history of claims experience and the time lag between the incident date and the date the cost is paid by us. We have accrued the estimated liability for workers’ compensation and automobile insurance claims based on a third-party actuarial valuation of the outstanding liabilities. These estimates could change in the future. It is possible that future cash flows and results of operations could be materially affected by changes in our assumptions, new developments, or by the effectiveness of our strategies.
Legal reserves. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, we had $13.2 million and $16.6 million, respectively, in accrued liabilities related to certain legal proceedings in which we are involved. We have accrued our estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of these claims based on a range of potential outcomes. In addition, we are subject to current and potential future legal proceedings for which little or no accrual has been reflected because our current assessment of the potential exposure is

37


Table of Contents

nominal. These estimates have been developed in consultation with our General Counsel’s office and, as appropriate, outside counsel handling these matters, and are based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. It is possible that future cash flows and results of operations could be materially affected by changes in our assumptions, new developments, or by the effectiveness of our strategies.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following table sets forth for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the number of facilities we owned and managed, the number of facilities we managed but did not own, the number of facilities we leased to other operators, and the facilities we owned that were not yet in operation.
                                                 
            Owned                          
            and     Managed                    
    Effective Date     Managed     Only     Leased     Incomplete     Total  
 
Facilities as of December 31, 2003
            38       21       3       1       63  
 
                                               
Management contracts awarded by the Texas Department of Criminal Justice, net
  January 15, 2004           5                   5  
Management contract awarded for the Delta Correctional Facility
  April 1, 2004           1                   1  
Expiration of the management contract for the Tall Trees Facility
  August 9, 2004           (1 )                 (1 )
Expiration of the management contract for the Southern Nevada Women’s Correctional Center
  October 1, 2004           (1 )                 (1 )
 
                                     
 
                                               
Facilities as of December 31, 2004
            38       25       3       1       67  
 
                                     
 
                                               
Expiration of the management contract for the David L. Moss Criminal Justice Center
  July 1, 2005           (1 )                 (1 )
Completion of construction at the Stewart County Correctional Facility
  October 10, 2005     1                   (1 )      
 
                                     
 
                                               
Facilities as of December 31, 2005
            39       24       3             66  
 
                                     
We also have two additional facilities located in Eloy, Arizona that are under construction. These facilities are not counted in the foregoing table because they currently have no impact on our results of operations.
Year Ended December 31, 2005 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2004
During the year ended December 31, 2005, we generated net income available to common stockholders of $50.1 million, or $1.25 per diluted share, compared with net income available to common stockholders of $61.1 million, or $1.55 per diluted share, for the previous year. Contributing to the net income for 2005 compared to the previous year was an increase in operating income of $3.5 million, from $173.4 million during 2004 to $176.9 million during 2005 as a result of an increase in occupancy levels and new management contracts, partially offset by an increase in general and administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization.
Net income available to common stockholders during 2005 was negatively impacted by a $35.3 million pre-tax charge, or $0.57 per diluted share net of taxes, associated with debt refinancing transactions completed during the first and second quarters, as further described hereafter. The charge consisted of a tender premium paid to the holders of the 9.875% senior notes (who tendered their notes to us at a

38


Table of Contents

price of 111% of par pursuant to a tender offer we made for the 9.875% senior notes in March 2005), estimated fees and expenses associated with the tender offer, and the write-off of (i) existing deferred loan costs associated with the purchase of the 9.875% senior notes, (ii) existing deferred loan costs associated with a lump sum pay-down of our senior bank credit facility, and (iii) existing deferred loan costs and third-party fees incurred in connection with obtaining an amendment to our old senior bank credit facility.
Facility Operations
A key performance indicator we use to measure the revenue and expenses associated with the operation of the facilities we own or manage is expressed in terms of a compensated man-day, and represents the revenue we generate and expenses we incur for one inmate for one calendar day. Revenue and expenses per compensated man-day are computed by dividing facility revenue and expenses by the total number of compensated man-days during the period. A compensated man-day represents a calendar day for which we are paid for the occupancy of an inmate. We believe the measurement is useful because we are compensated for operating and managing facilities at an inmate per-diem rate based upon actual or minimum guaranteed occupancy levels. We also measure our ability to contain costs on a per-compensated man-day basis, which is largely dependent upon the number of inmates we accommodate. Further, per man-day measurements are also used to estimate our potential profitability based on certain occupancy levels relative to design capacity. Revenue and expenses per compensated man-day for all of the facilities we owned or managed, exclusive of those discontinued (see further discussion below regarding discontinued operations), were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004:
                 
    For the Years Ended  
    December 31,  
    2005     2004  
 
Revenue per compensated man-day
  $ 50.69     $ 49.21  
Operating expenses per compensated man-day:
               
Fixed expense
    28.50       27.59  
Variable expense
    9.39       9.21  
 
           
Total
    37.89       36.80  
 
           
 
               
Operating margin per compensated man-day
  $ 12.80     $ 12.41  
 
           
 
               
Operating margin
    25.3 %     25.2 %
 
           
 
               
Average compensated occupancy
    91.4 %     94.9 %
 
           
Average compensated occupancy for the year ended December 31, 2005 decreased from the prior year primarily as a result of the completion of construction of approximately 2,500 beds at seven facilities throughout the second half of 2004 and the first quarter of 2005. In addition, we evaluate the design capacity of our facilities from time to time based on the customers using the facilities and the ability to reconfigure space with minimal capital outlays. In connection with the preparation of the 2005 budget, we increased the previously reported design capacities by an aggregate of approximately 1,500 beds effective January 1, 2005. Excluding these design capacity changes, as well as similar design capacity changes made during the third quarter of 2004, compensated occupancy would have been 94.2% for the year ended December 31, 2005.
Business from our federal customers, including the Bureau of Prisons, or the BOP, the United States Marshals Service, or the USMS, and the ICE, continues to be a significant component of our business. Our federal customers generated 39% and 38% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

39


Table of Contents

Operating expenses totaled $898.8 million and $850.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Operating expenses consist of those expenses incurred in the operation and management of adult and juvenile correctional and detention facilities, and for our inmate transportation subsidiary.
Salaries and benefits represent the most significant component of fixed operating expenses with approximately 64% of our operating expenses consisting of salaries and benefits. During 2005, salaries and benefits expense at our correctional and detention facilities increased $34.6 million from 2004. Salaries have increased as a result of annual raises, the commencement of management operations at the Delta Correctional Facility and the Northeast Ohio Correctional Center in April 2004, and an increase in staffing levels as a result of the arrival of additional inmate populations at the Northeast Ohio Correctional Center resulting from the commencement of a new contract with the BOP in June 2005, and at several facilities where expansions have been completed. In addition, temporary reductions in inmate populations at several other facilities, mostly during the first half of 2005, did not justify a decrease in staffing levels at such facilities, resulting in an increase in salaries per compensated man-day, as these fixed expenses were spread over fewer compensated man-days. These increases were mitigated by successful cost containment efforts in employee medical and workers’ compensation expenses across the portfolio.
Facility variable expenses increased 2.0% from $9.21 per compensated man-day during 2004 to $9.39 per compensated man-day during 2005. The increase in facility variable expenses was primarily the result of general inflationary increases in the costs of services such as our food service and inmate medical expenses, partially offset by a reduction in expenses related to legal proceedings in which we are involved.
We have recently been successful at settling certain legal proceedings in which we are involved on terms we believe are favorable. During 2005, we settled a number of outstanding legal matters for amounts less than reserves previously established for such matters, which resulted in a reduction to operating expenses of approximately $2.7 million during 2005 compared with 2004. Expenses associated with legal proceedings may fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on changes in our assumptions, new developments, or by the effectiveness of our litigation and settlement strategies. Our recent success in settling outstanding claims at amounts less than previously reserved is not likely to be sustained for the long-term and it is possible that future cash flows and results of operations could be adversely affected by increases in expenses associated with legal matters in which we become involved.
The operation of the facilities we own carries a higher degree of risk associated with a management contract than the operation of the facilities we manage but do not own because we incur significant capital expenditures to construct or acquire facilities we own. Additionally, correctional and detention facilities have a limited or no alternative use. Therefore, if a management contract is terminated at a facility we own, we continue to incur certain operating expenses, such as real estate taxes, utilities, and insurance, that we would not incur if a management contract was terminated for a managed-only facility. As a result, revenue per compensated man-day is typically higher for facilities we own and manage than for managed-only facilities. Because we incur higher expenses, such as repairs and maintenance, real estate taxes, and insurance, on the facilities we own and manage, our cost structure for facilities we own and manage is also higher than the cost structure for the managed-only facilities. The following tables display the revenue and expenses per compensated man-day for the facilities we own and manage and for the facilities we manage but do not own:

40


Table of Contents

                 
    For the Years Ended  
    December 31,  
    2005     2004  
 
Owned and Managed Facilities:
               
Revenue per compensated man-day
  $ 58.95     $ 57.02  
Operating expenses per compensated man-day:
               
Fixed expense
    31.79       30.81  
Variable expense
    10.19       9.96  
 
           
Total
    41.98       40.77  
 
           
 
               
Operating margin per compensated man-day
  $ 16.97     $ 16.25  
 
           
 
               
Operating margin
    28.8 %     28.5 %
 
           
 
               
Average compensated occupancy
    88.3 %     90.3 %
 
           
 
               
Managed Only Facilities:
               
Revenue per compensated man-day
  $ 37.46     $ 36.68  
Operating expenses per compensated man-day:
               
Fixed expense
    23.22       22.42  
Variable expense
    8.12       7.99  
 
           
Total
    31.34       30.41  
 
           
 
               
Operating margin per compensated man-day
  $ 6.12     $ 6.27  
 
           
 
               
Operating margin
    16.3 %     17.1 %
 
           
 
               
Average compensated occupancy
    96.7 %     103.3 %
 
           
The following discussions under “Owned and Managed Facilities” and “Managed-Only Facilities” address significant events that impacted our results of operations for the respective periods, and events that will affect our results of operations in the future.
Owned and Managed Facilities
On April 7, 2004, we announced that we resumed operations at our 2,016-bed Northeast Ohio Correctional Center located in Youngstown, Ohio. Since then, we have managed federal prisoners from United States federal court districts that have been experiencing a lack of detention space and/or high detention costs. As of December 31, 2005, we housed 635 USMS prisoners at this facility compared with 287 USMS prisoners at the facility as of December 31, 2004. The operating revenues for 2004 were $3.4 million, while operating expenses were $8.5 million for 2004 at this facility partially as a result of start-up activities and for staffing expenses in preparation for the arrival of additional inmates at this facility. Prior to being awarded the contract with the USMS, this facility had been idle since 2001. We believed that re-opening this facility put us in a competitive position to win contract awards for the utilization of the facility.
On December 23, 2004, we received a contract award from the BOP to house approximately 1,195 BOP inmates at our Northeast Ohio Correctional Center. The contract, awarded as part of the Criminal Alien Requirement Phase 4 Solicitation (“CAR 4”), provides for an initial four-year term with three two-year renewal options. The terms of the contract provide for a 50% guaranteed rate of occupancy for 90 days following commencement of the contract and a 90% guaranteed rate of occupancy thereafter. The contract commenced June 1, 2005. As of December 31, 2005, we housed 1,224 BOP inmates at this facility. Total revenue increased by $24.7 million during 2005 compared with 2004 as a result of this new contract and from an increase in USMS prisoners at this facility.

41


Table of Contents

During July 2004, an inmate disturbance at the Crowley County Correctional Facility located in Olney Springs, Colorado resulted in damage to the facility, requiring us to transfer a substantial portion of the inmates to other of our facilities and to facilities owned by the state of Colorado. Although repair of the facility was substantially complete at December 31, 2004, Colorado continued to reduce inmate populations at all four of our facilities in Colorado to as low as 2,564 in November 2004. However, the impact was mitigated by the recovery of $1.0 million of business interruption and other insurance proceeds recognized during the first quarter of 2005. As of December 31, 2005, we housed 1,144 inmates at this facility, compared with 695 inmates at December 31, 2004, despite a relocation of 189 inmates during 2005 from the state of Washington to our Prairie Correctional Facility, largely due to an expansion of the Crowley facility by 594 beds completed during the third quarter of 2004. Our overall inmate populations from the state of Colorado have also recovered. We housed 3,408 inmates from the state of Colorado as of December 31, 2005, compared with 2,882 inmates just prior to the inmate disturbance at the Crowley facility.
As a result of the completion of bed expansions at our Houston Processing Center and our Leavenworth Detention Center during the fourth quarter of 2004, total revenue increased during 2005 from 2004 by a combined $13.3 million. We expanded the Houston Processing Center by 494 beds, from a design capacity of 411 beds to 905 beds, in connection with a new contract with ICE to accommodate additional detainee populations that were anticipated as a result of this contract, which contains a guarantee that ICE will utilize 679 beds. We expanded the Leavenworth Detention Center by 284 beds, from a design capacity of 483 beds to 767 beds, in connection with a new contract with the USMS. The new USMS contract provides a guarantee that the USMS will utilize 400 beds.
During the second quarter of 2005, the state of Indiana removed all of its inmates from our 656-bed Otter Creek Correctional Facility to utilize available capacity within the State’s correctional system. All of the Indiana inmates were transferred to the state of Indiana by the end of the second quarter of 2005. However, during July 2005, we entered into an agreement with the Kentucky Department of Corrections to manage up to 400 female inmates at this facility. The terms of the contract include an initial two-year period, with four two-year renewal options. Beginning July 1, 2006, the state of Kentucky guarantees an inmate population from any state of 90% of the facility design capacity, subject to appropriation. We began receiving these inmates in August 2005. As of December 31, 2005, we housed 390 Kentucky inmates at this facility.
During October 2005, we entered into an agreement with the state of Hawaii to house up to 140 female Hawaii inmates at the Otter Creek Correctional Center. The terms of the contract include an initial one-year period, with two one-year renewal options. The facility began receiving Hawaii inmates during September 2005 under a 30-day contract completed in September 2005. As of December 31, 2005, we housed 119 Hawaii inmates at this facility. We anticipate the existing customers at this facility will fill the remaining space vacated by Indiana but can provide no such assurance. Operating income decreased at this facility by $4.0 million during 2005 compared to 2004.
As a result of declining inmate populations from the USMS and ICE at our 1,216-bed San Diego Correctional Facility, total revenues decreased by $4.0 million during 2005 compared with 2004. The average compensated occupancy during 2005 and 2004 was 96.5% and 108.5%, respectively. However, effective July 1, 2005, the ICE awarded us a contract for the continued management at this facility. The contract, which governs the management of both USMS and ICE inmates, has a three-year base term with five three-year renewal options, and includes a guaranteed inmate population of 900 ICE detainees and 300 USMS inmates.
The San Diego Correctional Facility is subject to a ground lease with the County of San Diego. Under the provisions of the lease, the facility is divided into three different properties (Initial, Existing and Expansion Premises), all of which have separate terms ranging from June 2006 to December 2015,

42


Table of Contents

subject to extension by the County. Upon expiration of any lease term, ownership of the applicable portion of the facility automatically reverts to the County. The County has the right to buy out the Initial and Expansion portions of the facility at various times prior to the end term of the ground lease at a price generally equal to the cost of the premises, less an allowance for the amortization over a 20-year period. The third portion (Existing Premises) includes 200 beds at a current annual rent of approximately $1.3 million and expires in June 2006. The County may elect to extend that portion of the lease to 2008, but extension of the lease beyond June 2006 is at the sole discretion of the County. Ownership of the 200 bed Expansion Premises reverts to the County in December 2007. The Company is currently negotiating with the County to extend the reversion date of the Expansion Premises, or to provide the County with alternate beds to meet their demand. However, if we are unsuccessful, we may be required to relocate a portion of the existing federal inmate population to other available beds within or outside the San Diego Correctional Facility, which could include the acquisition of an alternate site for the construction of a new facility.
During 2004, the state of Wisconsin reduced the number of inmates housed at both our 2,160-bed Diamondback Correctional Facility and our 1,550-bed Prairie Correctional Facility, by opening various facilities owned by the State. As discussed hereafter, the available beds at Diamondback Correctional Facility, which resulted from the declining inmate population from the state of Wisconsin, have been filled with inmates from the state of Arizona. The average daily inmate population housed from the state of Wisconsin at our Prairie Correctional Facility declined from 773 inmates during 2004 to 18 inmates during 2005. The reduction in inmate populations from the state of Wisconsin were offset by an increase in inmate populations from the states of Washington and Minnesota at the Prairie facility resulting from new management contract awards from those states in mid-2004.
In addition, during October 2005, we entered into a new agreement with the state of Idaho to house a portion of that state’s male, medium security inmates at our Prairie Correctional Facility. At December 31, 2005, we managed approximately 1,300 male inmates for Idaho at our Idaho Correctional Facility located in Boise, Idaho. Under the new agreement with the Idaho Department of Corrections, we will manage an estimated 300 inmates at the Prairie facility. As of December 31, 2005, the Prairie facility housed approximately 1,500 male inmates from the states of Minnesota, Washington, North Dakota, and Idaho. While the replacement of Wisconsin inmates with inmates from the states of Minnesota, Washington, and Idaho had an immaterial impact on operating income of the Prairie Correctional Facility during 2005 compared with 2004, we currently expect profitability to increase at this facility during 2006, as a result of the ramp-up of inmate populations from these various states throughout 2005.
On March 4, 2004, we announced that we entered into an agreement with the state of Arizona to manage up to 1,200 Arizona inmates at our Diamondback Correctional Facility. The agreement represents the first time the State has partnered with us to provide residential services to its inmates. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, the facility housed approximately 1,170 and 800 inmates, respectively, from the state of Arizona contributing to an increase of $5.0 million in total revenues at this facility in 2005 compared with the prior year.
During July 2005, we announced our intention to cease operations at our T. Don Hutto Correctional Center located in Taylor, Texas, effective early September 2005. However during the fourth quarter of 2005, the facility housed inmates from the Liberty County Jail we manage in Liberty, Texas on a temporary basis due to the effects of Hurricane Rita on the Liberty County Jail. Although the Liberty County Jail sustained no property damage, inmates were held in the T. Don Hutto Correctional Center until power and other services were restored at the Liberty County Jail. Additionally, on October 20, 2005, we agreed to provide temporary housing for approximately 1,200 detainees from the ICE housed in government detention facilities throughout the state of Florida due to the anticipated arrival of Hurricane Wilma and the emergency evacuation of all detainees in Florida. We initially housed

43


Table of Contents

approximately 600 detainees at our T. Don Hutto Correctional Center and approximately 600 detainees at our Florence Correctional Center. These detainee populations were returned to Florida during December 2005.
During December 2005, we reached an agreement with the ICE to manage up to 600 detainees at the T. Don Hutto Correctional Center that will allow the facility to remain open indefinitely. We have not yet begun to receive detainees pursuant to this contract and are currently in discussions with the ICE regarding the nature and timing of the receipt of detainees from the ICE. Total revenue and operating expenses were $4.8 million and $5.9 million, respectively, during 2005, compared with total revenue and operating expenses of $3.6 million and $5.9 million, respectively, during 2004.
During January 2006, we received notification from the BOP of its intent not to exercise its renewal option at our 1,500-bed Eloy Detention Center, located in Eloy, Arizona. At December 31, 2005, the Eloy facility housed approximately 500 inmates from the BOP and approximately 800 detainees from the ICE, pursuant to a subcontract between the BOP and the ICE. The BOP completed the transfer of its inmates from the Eloy facility to other BOP facilities by February 28, 2006. During February 2006, we reached an agreement with the City of Eloy to manage detainees from the ICE at this facility under an inter-governmental service agreement between the City of Eloy and the ICE, effectively providing the ICE the ability to fully utilize Eloy Detention Center for existing and potential future requirements. Under our agreement with the City of Eloy, we are eligible for periodic rate increases, that were not provided in the existing contract with the BOP. Although the contract does not provide for a guaranteed occupancy, we expect over time that the facility will be substantially occupied by the ICE detainees.
During September 2003, we announced our intention to complete construction of the Stewart County Correctional Facility located in Stewart County, Georgia. Construction on the 1,524-bed Stewart County Correctional Facility began in August 1999 and was suspended in May 2000. Our decision to complete construction of this facility was based on anticipated demand from several government customers having a need for inmate bed capacity in the Southeast region of the country. During October 2005, construction was completed and the facility was available for occupancy. Accordingly, we began depreciating the new facility in the fourth quarter of 2005 and ceased capitalizing interest on this project. During 2005 and 2004, we capitalized $2.8 million and $4.3 million, respectively, in interest costs incurred on this facility. The book value of the facility was approximately $72.5 million upon completion of construction. Because we currently do not have a contract to house inmates at this facility, our overall occupancy percentage will also be negatively impacted as a result of the additional vacant beds available at the Stewart facility. Although we are optimistic that we will begin utilizing these available beds some time during 2006, we can provide no assurance that we will be successful in utilizing the increased bed capacity.
Managed-Only Facilities
Our operating margins declined at managed-only facilities from 17.1% during 2004 to 16.3% during 2005 primarily as a result of declines in inmate populations at the 1,150-bed Bay County Jail located in Panama City, Florida and the 1,092-bed Metro-Davidson County Detention Facility located in Nashville, Tennessee. These declines were partially offset by an increase in inmate populations at the newly expanded Lake City Correctional Facility located in Lake City, Florida, particularly during the second and third quarters of 2005.
Primarily as a result of declines in inmate populations at the Bay County Jail and the Metro-Davidson County Detention Facility, total revenue decreased during 2005 from the comparable periods in 2004 by a combined $5.8 million. The decline in occupancy at the Metro-Davidson County Detention

44


Table of Contents

Facility is the result of the loss of female inmates at the facility caused by the opening of a new female-only detention facility by Davidson County during the first quarter of 2005.
On March 23, 2004, we announced the completion of a contractual agreement with Mississippi’s Delta Correctional Authority to resume operations of the state-owned 1,016-bed Delta Correctional Facility located in Greenwood, Mississippi. We managed the medium security correctional facility for the Delta Correctional Authority since its opening in 1996 until the State closed the facility in 2002, due to excess capacity in the State’s corrections system. The initial contract was for one year, with one two-year extension option. We began receiving inmates from the state of Mississippi at the facility on April 1, 2004. In addition, after completing the contractual agreement with the Delta Correctional Authority, we entered into an additional contract to manage inmates from Leflore County, Mississippi. This one-year contract provides for housing for up to 160 male inmates and up to 60 female inmates, and is renewable annually. As of December 31, 2005, we housed 972 and 123 inmates from the state of Mississippi and Leflore County, respectively.
Effective July 1, 2005, the Florida Department of Management Services (DMS), or the Florida DMS, awarded us contract extensions for three medium-security correctional facilities we manage on behalf of the state of Florida. Accordingly, we expect to continue management operations of the 750-bed Bay Correctional Facility in Panama City, Florida; the 1,036-bed Gadsden Correctional Institution in Quincy, Florida; and the recently expanded 893-bed Lake City Correctional Facility in Lake City, Florida. The management contracts at Bay Correctional Facility and Gadsden Correctional Institution were renewed for a period of two years. The management contract at Lake City Correctional Facility was renewed for a one-year term. During November 2005, the DMS solicited proposals for the management of the Lake City Correctional Facility beginning July 1, 2006. We have responded to the proposal, but can provide no assurance that we will be awarded a contract for our continued management of the facility, or that we can maintain current per diem rates. If we are not awarded the management contract, we would be required to report a non-cash charge for the impairment of tangible and intangible assets of approximately $4.2 million.
In December 2005, the Florida DMS announced we were awarded the project to design, construct, and operate expansions at the Bay Correctional facility by 235 beds and the Gadsden facility by 384 beds. Both of these expansions will be funded by the state of Florida and construction is expected to be complete during the second or third quarter of 2007.
During October 2005, Hernando County, Florida completed an expansion by 382 beds of the 348-bed Hernando County Jail we manage in Brooksville, Florida, which we expect to contribute to an increase in revenue in the future.
During June 2005, Bay County, Florida solicited proposals for the management of the Bay County Jail beginning October 1, 2006. We have responded to the proposal and were notified by Bay County in January 2006 of their intent to select us to negotiate for the continued management and construction of both new and replacement beds at the facility, but can provide no assurance that we will be awarded a contract for our continued management of the facility, or that we can maintain current per diem rates. The construction of the new and replacement beds at the facility is expected to be paid by Bay County at a fixed price to be negotiated in the new contract. If we are not awarded the management contract, we would be required to report a non-cash charge for the impairment of tangible and intangible assets of approximately $1.2 million.
General and administrative expense
For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, general and administrative expenses totaled $57.1 million and $48.2 million, respectively. General and administrative expenses consist primarily of

45


Table of Contents

corporate management salaries and benefits, professional fees and other administrative expenses, and increased from 2004 primarily as a result of an increase in salaries and benefits, combined with an increase in professional services during 2005 compared with 2004. Also, the increase attributable to salaries and benefits was caused in part by the recognition of restricted stock-based compensation of $1.7 million during 2005 awarded to employees who have historically been awarded stock options, and an additional $1.0 million for a charge associated with the acceleration of vesting effective December 30, 2005 of all outstanding stock options.
In 2005, the Company made changes to its historical business practices with respect to awarding stock-based employee compensation as a result of, among other reasons, the issuance of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment,” or SFAS 123R. During the year ending December 31, 2005, we recognized $1.7 million of general and administrative expense for the amortization of restricted stock issued during 2005 to employees whose compensation is charged to general and administrative expense. Because these employees have historically been granted stock options rather than restricted stock, no such expense was recognized in our statement of operations during 2004. As a result, the issuance of restricted stock rather than stock options to these employees will contribute to a significant increase in our reported general and administrative expenses, even though our overall financial position and total cash flows are not affected by this change in compensation philosophy. This increase is currently expected to be exacerbated in 2006, when general and administrative expense will include the amortization of restricted stock granted to these employees in both 2005 and 2006, since the amortization period spans the three-year vesting period of the restricted shares. Further, on January 1, 2006, we also expect to begin recognizing general and administrative expenses for the amortization of employee stock options granted after January 1, 2006, to employees whose compensation is charged to general and administrative expense, which heretofore have not been recognized in our income statement, except with respect to the aforementioned compensation charge of $1.0 million recorded in the fourth quarter of 2005 for the acceleration of vesting of outstanding options as further described hereafter.
Effective December 30, 2005, our board of directors approved the acceleration of the vesting of outstanding options previously awarded to executive officers and employees under our Amended and Restated 1997 Employee Share Incentive Plan and our Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan. As a result of the acceleration, approximately 980,000 unvested options became exercisable, 45% of which were scheduled to vest in February 2006. The purpose of the accelerated vesting of stock options was to enable us to avoid recognizing compensation expense associated with these options in future periods as required by SFAS 123R, which we were required to adopt by January 1, 2006. We expect to reduce the non-cash, pre-tax compensation expense that we would otherwise be required to recognize in our financial statements by an estimated $3.8 million in 2006, $2.0 million in 2007, and $0.5 million in 2008. In order to prevent unintended benefits to the holders of these stock options, we imposed resale restrictions to prevent the sale of any shares acquired from the exercise of an accelerated option prior to the original vesting date of the option. The resale restrictions automatically expire upon the individual’s termination of employment. All other terms and conditions applicable to such options, including the exercise prices, remained unchanged. As a result of the acceleration, we recognized a non-cash, pre-tax charge of $1.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2005 for the estimated value of the stock options that would have otherwise been forfeited.
Our general and administrative expenses were also higher as a result of an increase in corporate staffing levels. In response to a number of inmate disturbances experienced during 2004, we re-evaluated our organizational structure and expanded our infrastructure to help ensure the quality and effectiveness of our facility operations. We have also expanded our infrastructure to implement and support numerous technology initiatives that we believe will provide long-term benefits enabling us to provide enhanced quality service to our customers while creating scalable efficiencies. This intensified focus on quality assurance and technology has contributed, and is expected to continue to contribute, to

46


Table of Contents

an increase in salaries and benefits expense, as well as a number of other general and administrative expense categories.
We have also experienced increasing expenses to comply with increasing corporate governance requirements, a significant portion of which was incurred to continue to comply with section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. We also continue to evaluate the potential need to expand our corporate office infrastructure to improve outreach and oversight of our facility operations to reduce turnover and improve facility performance. These initiatives could also lead to higher general and administrative expenses in the future.
Depreciation and amortization
For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, depreciation and amortization expense totaled $59.9 million and $54.4 million, respectively. The increase in depreciation and amortization from 2004 resulted from the combination of additional depreciation expense recorded on the various facility expansion and development projects completed and the additional depreciation on our investments in technology. The investments in technology are expected to provide long-term benefits enabling us to provide enhanced quality service to our customers while creating scalable operating efficiencies.
Interest expense, net
Interest expense was reported net of interest income and capitalized interest for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004. Gross interest expense, net of capitalized interest, was $69.3 million and $73.2 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004. Gross interest expense during these periods is based on outstanding borrowings under our senior bank credit facility, 9.875% senior notes (until fully tendered), 7.5% senior notes, 6.25% senior notes, convertible subordinated notes payable balances (until converted), and amortization of loan costs and unused credit facility fees. The decrease in gross interest expense from the prior year was primarily attributable to the recapitalization and refinancing transactions completed during the first half of 2005 partially offset by an increasing interest rate environment as applicable to the variable interest rates on our senior bank credit facility.
Gross interest income was $5.4 million and $4.0 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004. Gross interest income is earned on cash collateral requirements, a direct financing lease, notes receivable, investments, and cash and cash equivalents.
Capitalized interest was $4.5 million and $5.8 million during 2005 and 2004, respectively, and was associated with various construction and expansion projects.
Expenses associated with debt refinancing and recapitalization transactions
For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, expenses associated with debt refinancing and recapitalization transactions were $35.3 million and $0.1 million, respectively. The charges in the first quarter of 2005 consisted primarily of (i) a tender premium paid to the holders of the $250.0 million 9.875% senior notes who tendered their notes to us at a price of 111% of par pursuant to a tender offer for the 9.875% notes in March 2005, (ii) the write-off of existing deferred loan costs associated with the purchase of the $250.0 million 9.875% senior notes and lump sum pay-down of the term portion of our senior bank credit facility made with the proceeds from the issuance of $375.0 million 6.25% senior notes, and (iii) estimated fees and expenses associated with each of the foregoing transactions. The charges in the second quarter of 2005 consisted of the write-off of existing deferred loan costs and third-party fees and expenses associated with an amendment to the senior bank credit facility, as further described hereafter.

47


Table of Contents

The charges in 2004 were associated with the redemption of the remaining series A preferred stock in the first quarter of 2004 and the redemption of the remaining series B preferred stock in the second quarter of 2004, as well as third party fees associated with the amendment to our senior bank credit facility obtained during the second quarter of 2004.
Income tax expense
During the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, our financial statements reflected an income tax provision of $26.9 million and $41.5 million, respectively.
Our effective tax rate was approximately 35% during the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to approximately 40% during the year ended December 31, 2004. The lower effective tax rate during 2005 resulted from certain tax planning strategies implemented during the fourth quarter of 2004, that were magnified by the recognition of deductible expenses associated with our debt refinancing transactions completed during the first half of 2005. In addition, we also successfully pursued and recognized investment tax credits of $0.7 million during 2005. Our overall effective tax rate is estimated based on our current projection of taxable income and could change in the future as a result of changes in these estimates, the implementation of additional tax strategies, changes in federal or state tax rates, or changes in state apportionment factors, as well as changes in the valuation allowance applied to our deferred tax assets that are based primarily on the amount of state net operating losses and tax credits that could expire unused.
Discontinued operations
On March 18, 2003, we were notified by the Department of Corrections of the Commonwealth of Virginia of its intention to not renew our contract to manage the 1,500-bed Lawrenceville Correctional Center located in Lawrenceville, Virginia, upon the expiration of the contract, which occurred on March 22, 2003. Results for 2004 include residual activity from the operation of this facility, including primarily proceeds received from the sale of fully depreciated equipment. These results are reported as discontinued operations.
During the first quarter of 2004, we received $0.6 million in proceeds from the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico as a settlement for repairs we previously made to a facility we formerly operated in Ponce, Puerto Rico. These proceeds, net of taxes, are presented as discontinued operations for year ended December 31, 2004.
Due to operating losses incurred at the Southern Nevada Women’s Correctional Center, we elected to not renew our contract to manage the facility upon the expiration of the contract. Accordingly, we transferred operation of the facility to the Nevada Department of Corrections on October 1, 2004. During 2004, the facility generated total revenue of $6.1 million and incurred total operating expenses of $7.0 million.
On March 21, 2005, the Tulsa County Commission in Oklahoma provided us notice that, as a result of a contract bidding process, the County elected to have the Tulsa County Sheriff’s Office assume management of the David L. Moss Criminal Justice Center upon expiration of the contract on June 30, 2005. Operations were transferred to the Sheriff’s Office on July 1, 2005. Total revenue and operating expenses during 2005 were $10.7 million and $11.2 million, respectively, compared with total revenue and operating expenses during 2004 of $21.9 million and $20.2 million, respectively.

48


Table of Contents

Distributions to preferred stockholders
For the year ended December 31, 2004, distributions to preferred stockholders totaled $1.5 million. During the first quarter of 2004, we redeemed the remaining 0.3 million outstanding shares of our series A preferred stock at a price of $25.00 per share, plus accrued dividends to the redemption date. Further, during the second quarter of 2004, we redeemed the remaining 1.0 million outstanding shares of our series B preferred stock at a price of $24.46 per share, plus accrued dividends to the redemption date.
Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2003
During the year ended December 31, 2004, we generated net income available to common stockholders of $61.1 million, or $1.55 per diluted share, compared with net income available to common stockholders of $126.5 million, or $3.44 per diluted share, for the previous year. Contributing to the net income for 2004 compared to the previous year was an increase in operating income of $6.9 million, from $166.5 million during 2003 to $173.4 million during 2004 as a result of an increase in occupancy levels and new management contracts, partially offset by an increase in general and administrative expenses. Net income available to common stockholders was negatively impacted during 2004 as compared to 2003 as a result of the recognition of an income tax provision in accordance with SFAS 109 during 2004, amounting to $41.5 million, or $1.04 per diluted share, compared with an income tax benefit of $52.4 million, or $1.38 per diluted share during 2003. The income tax benefit during 2003 was primarily the result of our reversal of substantially all of the valuation allowance previously established for our deferred tax assets.
Net income available to common stockholders during 2004 was favorably impacted by the refinancing and recapitalization transactions completed during the second and third quarters of 2003. These transactions included the issuance of 6.4 million shares of common stock at a price of $19.50 per share, along with the issuances of $450.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 7.5% senior notes. The proceeds from these issuances were used to (i) purchase 3.4 million shares of common stock issued upon the conversion of our $40.0 million convertible subordinated notes with a stated rate of 10.0% plus contingent interest accrued at 5.5% (and to pay accrued interest on the notes through the date of purchase) at a price of $19.50 per share, (ii) purchase 3.7 million shares of our 12% series B preferred stock that were tendered in a tender offer at a price of $26.00 per share, including all accrued and unpaid dividends on such shares, (iii) redeem 4.0 million shares of our 8% series A preferred stock at a price of $25.00 per share, plus accrued dividends to the redemption date, and (iv) pay-down a portion of our senior bank credit facility. In connection with the debt issuance during the third quarter of 2003, we also obtained an amendment to our senior bank credit facility that, among other changes, lowered the interest rate applicable to the outstanding balance on the facility. These refinancing and recapitalization transactions effectively reduced the average interest rates on a significant portion of our outstanding indebtedness, and substantially reduced the after-tax dividend obligations associated with our outstanding preferred stock. Partially offsetting the favorable impacts of the refinancing and recapitalization transactions, the Company recorded a non-cash gain of $2.9 million during 2003 associated with the extinguishment of a promissory note issued in connection with certain stockholder litigation that was settled during the first quarter of 2001. In addition, financial results for 2003 included a charge of $6.7 million for expenses associated with the refinancing and recapitalization transactions completed in the second and third quarters of 2003.
During the first and second quarters of 2004, the Company completed the redemption of the remaining shares of both series A and series B preferred stock at the stated rates of $25.00 per share and $24.46 per share, respectively, plus accrued dividends to the redemption date, and obtained an additional amendment to the senior bank credit facility further lowering the interest rate spread applicable to the term loan portion of the facility.

49


Table of Contents

Our financial results were also favorably impacted by an increase in the amount of interest capitalized, from $0.9 million during 2003 to $5.8 million during 2004, associated with the construction and expansion projects during 2004 at six of our facilities. We funded these construction and expansion projects with cash on hand and with cash generated from operating activities.
Facility Operations
Revenue and expenses per compensated man-day for all of the facilities we owned or managed, exclusive of those discontinued (see further discussion below regarding discontinued operations), were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003:
                 
    For the Years Ended  
    December 31,  
    2004     2003  
 
Revenue per compensated man-day
  $ 49.21     $ 51.10  
Operating expenses per compensated man-day:
               
Fixed expense
    27.59       27.92  
Variable expense
    9.21       9.74  
 
           
Total
    36.80       37.66  
 
           
 
               
Operating margin per compensated man-day
  $ 12.41     $ 13.44  
 
           
 
               
Operating margin
    25.2 %     26.3 %
 
           
 
               
Average compensated occupancy
    94.9 %     93.1 %
 
           
Business from our federal customers, including the BOP, the USMS, and the ICE, remains strong, while many of our state customers continue to experience budget difficulties. Our federal customers generated 38% of our total revenue for both the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003. While the budget difficulties experienced by our state customers presented challenges with respect to our per-diem rates resulting in pressure on our management revenue in 2005, these governmental entities were also constrained with respect to funds available for prison construction. We believe the lack of new bed supply combined with state budget difficulties has contributed to the increase in our occupancy and has led several states, some of which have never utilized the private sector, to outsource their correctional needs to us.
Additionally, as expected, we experienced a modest reduction in our operating margins during 2004 compared with 2003 as a result of recent contract awards for facilities we manage but do not own, which provide per diem rates and operating margins at lower levels than our owned and managed business. We entered into these contracts knowing our overall per diem rates and operating margins would decrease slightly; however, the opportunity to both expand our level of service with existing customers and provide services to new customers with very little capital requirements outweighed the effects of the operating margin reductions. Our operating margins were also negatively impacted by the expenses incurred in connection with the resumption of operations and the process of ramping up occupancy at three of our facilities, the Northeast Ohio Correctional Center located in Youngstown, Ohio during the second and third quarters of 2004, the Tallahatchie County Correctional Facility located in Tutwiler, Mississippi during the first and second quarters of 2004, and the managed-only Delta Correctional Facility located in Greenwood, Mississippi during the second quarter of 2004.
Operating expenses totaled $850.4 million and $747.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Salaries and benefits represent the most significant component of fixed operating expenses with approximately 64% of our operating expenses consisting of salaries and

50


Table of Contents

benefits. During 2004, salaries and benefits expense at our correctional and detention facilities increased $65.4 million from 2003. The increase in salaries and benefits expense was primarily due to the commencement of operations during January 2004 at six correctional facilities located in Texas pursuant to management contracts awarded by the Texas Department of Criminal Justice (“TDCJ”), as well as marginal increases in staffing levels at numerous facilities across the portfolio to meet rising inmate population needs. However, due to the increase in occupancy, actual salaries and benefits per compensated man-day declined $0.46 per compensated man-day during 2004 as compared to the prior year, as we were able to leverage our salaries and benefits over a larger inmate population. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in utilities expense of $0.07 per compensated man-day due to rising energy costs across the country.
While we were successful in containing or reducing most types of variable expenses, the reduction in variable operating expenses per compensated man-day to $9.21 per compensated man-day during 2004 from $9.74 per compensated man-day during 2003 was primarily due to a reduction in expenses related to legal proceedings in which we were involved, and a decrease in inmate medical expenses. Under the terms of the new Texas management contracts, the TDCJ retained responsibility for all inmate medical requirements.
The following tables display the revenue and expenses per compensated man-day for the facilities we own and manage and for the facilities we manage but do not own:
                 
    For the Years Ended  
    December 31,  
    2004     2003  
 
Owned and Managed Facilities:
               
Revenue per compensated man-day
  $ 57.02     $ 55.25  
Operating expenses per compensated man-day:
               
Fixed expense
    30.81       29.34  
Variable expense
    9.96       10.13  
 
           
Total
    40.77       39.47  
 
           
 
               
Operating margin per compensated man-day
  $ 16.25     $ 15.78  
 
           
 
               
Operating margin
    28.5 %     28.6 %
 
           
 
               
Average compensated occupancy
    90.3 %     88.6 %
 
           
 
               
Managed Only Facilities:
               
Revenue per compensated man-day
  $ 36.68     $ 41.94  
Operating expenses per compensated man-day:
               
Fixed expense
    22.42       24.80  
Variable expense
    7.99       8.89  
 
           
Total
    30.41       33.69  
 
           
 
               
Operating margin per compensated man-day
  $ 6.27     $ 8.25  
 
           
 
               
Operating margin
    17.1 %     19.7 %
 
           
 
               
Average compensated occupancy
    103.3 %     104.7 %
 
           
The following discussions under “Owned and Managed Facilities” and “Managed-Only Facilities” address significant events that impacted our results of operations for the respective periods, and events that will affect our results of operations in the future.

51


Table of Contents

Owned and Managed Facilities
During January 2004, we entered into an agreement with the state of Vermont to manage up to 700 inmates. The contractual agreement represents the first time the state of Vermont has partnered with the private corrections sector to provide residential services for its inmates. The contractual terms provide for the out-of-state management of male, medium-security Vermont inmates primarily in two of our owned and managed prisons in Kentucky, including Lee Adjustment Center in Beattyville, and Marion Adjustment Center in St. Mary. The influx of inmates from the state of Vermont contributed $5.5 million in additional revenue during 2004.
As a result of a combination of rate increases and/or an increase in population at four of our facilities, including our Central Arizona Detention Center, Florence Correctional Center, San Diego Correctional Facility, and D.C. Correctional Treatment Facility, primarily from the USMS, the ICE, and the District of Columbia, total management revenue increased during 2004 from the comparable period in 2003, by $33.5 million at these facilities.
During July 2004, an inmate disturbance at the Crowley County Correctional Facility located in Olney Springs, Colorado resulted in damage to the facility, requiring us to transfer a substantial portion of the inmates to other of our facilities and to facilities owned by the state of Colorado. Although repair of the facility was substantially complete at December 31, 2004, Colorado continued to reduce inmate populations at all four of our facilities in Colorado to as low as 2,564 in November 2004. However, the impact was mitigated by the recovery of $1.0 million of business interruption and other insurance proceeds recognized during the first quarter of 2005.
During the third quarter of 2003, we transferred all of the Wisconsin inmates housed at our 1,440-bed medium security North Fork Correctional Facility located in Sayre, Oklahoma to our 2,160-bed medium security Diamondback Correctional Facility located in Watonga, Oklahoma in order to satisfy a contractual provision mandated by the state of Wisconsin. As a result of the transfer, North Fork Correctional Facility was idled. Accordingly, total management revenue decreased by $12.4 million at this facility during 2004 compared with 2003. We are currently pursuing new management contracts and other opportunities to take advantage of the beds that became available at the North Fork Correctional Facility and expect to reopen the facility in the first half of 2006, but can provide no assurance that we will be successful in doing so.
During 2004, as expected, the state of Wisconsin reduced the number of inmates housed at both our Diamondback Correctional Facility and our Prairie Correctional Facility by opening various facilities owned by the State. As further described hereafter, the available beds at Diamondback Correctional Facility, which resulted from the declining inmate population from the state of Wisconsin, have been substantially filled with inmates from the state of Arizona. As of December 31, 2004, the state of Wisconsin housed 68 inmates at the Prairie Correctional Facility, compared with approximately 1,900 Wisconsin inmates held at various facilities at December 31, 2003.
During May 2004, we announced the completion of new agreements with the states of Minnesota and North Dakota to house portions of those states’ inmates at the 1,550-bed Prairie Correctional Facility. Under the Minnesota agreement, we are managing an unspecified number of medium-security, male inmates at the Prairie facility. The population will fluctuate based on the State’s needs and the space available at the Prairie facility. The terms of the contract include an initial one-year period through June 30, 2005, with two one-year renewal options. The North Dakota agreement, which became effective in March 2004, had an initial term through February 2005 with an indefinite number of annual renewal options. This contract, similar to the Minnesota agreement, does not indicate a specific inmate population to be managed by us and varies based on the State’s needs and space availability. At December 31, 2004, we housed 147 Minnesota and 35 North Dakota inmates. We also housed 110

52


Table of Contents

inmates from the state of Washington at this facility pursuant to a contract awarded mid-2004, as further described hereafter.
During March 2004, we entered into an agreement with the state of Arizona to initially manage 1,200 Arizona inmates. The contractual terms provide for the out-of-state management of male, medium-security Arizona inmates at our Diamondback Correctional Facility. The initial contract term ended June 30, 2004, corresponding with Arizona’s fiscal year, and was renewed for one year on July 1, 2004. The contract allows for two more one year extension options. As of December 31, 2004, we housed 805 inmates from the state of Arizona at this facility.
During April 2004, we resumed operations at our 2,016-bed Northeast Ohio Correctional Center located in Youngstown, Ohio. We are managing federal prisoners from United States federal court districts that are experiencing a lack of detention space and/or high detention costs. As of December 31, 2004, we housed 287 federal prisoners at this facility. The operating revenues for 2004 were $3.4 million while the operating expenses were $8.5 million and $0.3 million for 2004 and 2003, respectively, at our Northeast Ohio Correctional Center. We believed that re-opening this facility put us in a competitive position to win contract awards for the utilization of the facility.
On December 23, 2004, we received a contract award from the BOP to house approximately 1,195 federal inmates at our Northeast Ohio Correctional Center. The contract, awarded as part of the Criminal Alien Requirement Phase 4 Solicitation (“CAR 4”), provides for an initial four-year term with three two-year renewal options. The terms of the contract provide for a 50% guaranteed rate of occupancy for 90 days following a Notice to Proceed, and a 90% guaranteed rate of occupancy thereafter. We began receiving BOP inmates at this facility in the second quarter of 2005.
During June 2003, we announced our first inmate management contract with the state of Alabama to house up to 1,440 medium security inmates in our Tallahatchie County Correctional Facility, located in Tutwiler, Mississippi, under a temporary emergency agreement to provide the state of Alabama immediate relief of its overcrowded prison system. The facility began receiving inmates in July 2003. Prior to receiving inmates from the state of Alabama, this facility was substantially idle. During January 2004, we received notice from the Alabama Department of Corrections that it would withdraw its inmates housed at the facility. Although the Alabama Department of Corrections withdrew all of their inmates from this facility by mid-March 2004, staffing levels were not reduced significantly at the facility due to negotiations with several potential customers to utilize the beds that became available at this facility. The facility incurred operating losses during 2004 and 2003 (including depreciation and amortization of $2.6 million and $2.5 million, respectively) of $3.6 million and $3.5 million, respectively.
During May 2004, we announced the completion of a contractual agreement to house inmates from the state of Hawaii at the Tallahatchie County Correctional Facility. The new agreement expires on June 30, 2006. In addition, during July 2004 we extended our current contracts to house Hawaiian inmates in our owned and operated Diamondback Correctional Facility, and our Florence Correctional Facility, located in Florence, Arizona for two additional years. Effective August 15, 2004, the combined contracts guarantee a minimum monthly average of 1,500 inmates to be housed at these three facilities. As of December 31, 2004, we housed 1,543 Hawaiian inmates at these three facilities, including 710 inmates at the Tallahatchie County Correctional Facility.
In addition, during June 2004, we announced the completion of a contractual agreement to house up to 128 maximum security inmates from the state of Colorado at the Tallahatchie County Correctional Facility. The terms of the contract include a one-year agreement effective through June 30, 2005, with four one-year renewal options. As of December 31, 2004, we housed 121 inmates from the state of Colorado at the Tallahatchie County Correctional Facility.

53


Table of Contents

In addition, during October 2004, we announced the completion of a contractual agreement with the Mississippi Department of Corrections. We expect to manage an initial population of 128 of the State’s maximum security inmates at the Tallahatchie facility. The terms of the contract include an initial period which concludes on June 30, 2006, and includes three one-year renewal options. As of December 31, 2004, we housed 127 Mississippi inmates at the Tallahatchie County Correctional Facility.
During July 2004, we announced the completion of a contractual agreement with the state of Washington Department of Corrections. We expect to continue managing male, medium-security inmates at our Prairie Correctional Facility and our Florence Correctional Facility pursuant to this contract. The terms of the contract include an initial one-year period through June 30, 2005, with an unspecified number of renewal options. As of December 31, 2004, we housed 301 Washington inmates at two of our facilities.
During the second quarter of 2005, the state of Indiana removed all of its inmates from our 656-bed Otter Creek Correctional Facility located in Wheelwright, Kentucky to utilize available capacity within the State’s correctional system. As of December 31, 2004, we housed 642 Indiana inmates at the Otter Creek Correctional Facility. During July 2005, we entered into an agreement with the Kentucky Department of Corrections to manage up to 400 female inmates at this facility. The terms of the contract include an initial two-year period, with four two-year renewal options. During October 2005, we entered into an agreement with the state of Hawaii to house up to 140 female Hawaii inmates at the Otter Creek facility. The terms of the contract include an initial one-year period, with two one-year renewal options. The facility began receiving Hawaii inmates during September 2005 under a 30-day contract completed in September 2005. We anticipate the existing customers at this facility to fill the remaining vacant space, but can provide no such assurance.
Fixed expenses per compensated man-day for our owned and managed facilities increased from $29.34 during 2003 to $30.81 during 2004 primarily as a result of an increase in fixed operating expense for salaries and benefits and utilities across the portfolio of facilities we manage.
Variable expenses per compensated man-day for our owned and managed facilities decreased from $10.13 during 2003 to $9.96 for 2004 due to the aforementioned decrease in litigation expenses across the portfolio of facilities we manage.
Managed-Only Facilities
In November 2003, we announced that the TDCJ awarded us new contracts to manage six state correctional facilities, as part of a procurement re-bid process. The management contracts, all of which became effective January 15, 2004, consist of four jails and two correctional facilities. Based on the TDCJ recommendation, we also retained our contract to manage the Bartlett State Jail, but were not awarded the contract to continue managing the 1,000-bed Sanders Estes Unit located in Venus, Texas, which expired January 15, 2004. Total management revenue increased $45.2 million during 2004 compared with 2003, due to the operation of these facilities, net of a reduction in revenue for the management contract not renewed.
Total revenue per compensated man-day and total variable expenses per compensated man-day decreased for our managed-only facilities primarily because we did not assume responsibility for medical services for inmates provided under terms of our new contracts with the TDCJ. Eliminating this responsibility results in a lower per-diem rate; however, it also reduces the risk that our profitability will be eroded in the future by increasing medical costs. The new Texas contracts

54


Table of Contents

accounted for approximately 19% of the total revenue generated from the facilities we managed but did not own during 2004.
On March 23, 2004, we announced the completion of a contractual agreement with Mississippi’s Delta Correctional Authority to resume operations of the state-owned 1,016-bed Delta Correctional Facility located in Greenwood, Mississippi. We managed the medium security correctional facility for the Delta Correctional Authority from its opening in 1996 until the State closed the facility in 2002, due to excess capacity in the State’s corrections system. The March 2004 contract was for one year, with one two-year extension option. We began receiving inmates from the state of Mississippi at the facility on April 1, 2004. In addition, after completing the contractual agreement with the Delta Correctional Authority, we entered into an additional contract to manage inmates from Leflore County, Mississippi. This one-year contract provides for housing for up to 160 male inmates and up to 60 female inmates, and is renewable annually. As of December 31, 2004, we housed 955 and 127 inmates from the state of Mississippi and Leflore County, respectively.
Effective August 9, 2004, we elected to terminate our contract to manage the 63-bed Tall Trees juvenile facility owned by Shelby County and located in Memphis, Tennessee. The operating revenues for this facility for during 2004 were $0.5 million, while the operating expenses were $0.9 million.
General and administrative expense
For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, general and administrative expenses totaled $48.2 million and $40.5 million, respectively. General and administrative expenses increased from 2003 primarily due to an increase in salaries and benefits, combined with an increase in professional services during 2004 compared with 2003.
We have expanded our infrastructure over the past year to implement and support numerous technology initiatives, to maintain closer relationships with existing and potentially new customers in order to identify their needs, and to focus on reducing facility operating expenses. While this has resulted in an annual increase in general and administrative expense, we believe our expanded infrastructure and investments in technology will provide long-term benefits enabling us to provide enhanced quality service to our customers while creating scalable operating efficiencies.
During 2004, we also incurred increasing expenses associated with (a) the implementation of certain tax strategies, which contributed to a reduction in income tax expense during 2004, and (b) tax planning initiatives that we believe will lower our overall future effective tax rate. See “income tax expense” hereafter for additional information. We have also experienced increasing expenses over the prior year in complying with increasing corporate governance requirements, a significant portion of which was incurred to comply with section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Interest expense, net
Gross interest expense, net of capitalized interest, was $73.2 million and $78.0 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003. Gross interest expense is based on outstanding borrowings under our senior bank credit facility, 9.875% senior notes, 7.5% senior notes, convertible subordinated notes payable balances, and amortization of loan costs and unused credit facility fees. The decrease in gross interest expense from the prior year was primarily attributable to the aforementioned recapitalization and refinancing transactions completed during the second and third quarters of 2003, which also resulted in a reduction to our preferred stock distributions from the prior year.

55


Table of Contents

Gross interest income was $4.0 million and $3.6 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003. Gross interest income is earned on cash collateral requirements, a direct financing lease, notes receivable, investments, and cash and cash equivalents.
Capitalized interest was $5.8 million and $0.9 million during 2004 and 2003, respectively, and was associated with various construction and expansion projects and the installation of a new inmate management system.
Expenses associated with debt refinancing and recapitalization transactions
For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, expenses associated with debt refinancing and recapitalization transactions were $0.1 million and $6.7 million, respectively. The charges in 2004 were associated with the redemption of the remaining series A preferred stock in the first quarter of 2004 and the redemption of the remaining series B preferred stock in the second quarter of 2004, as well as third party fees associated with the amendment to our senior bank credit facility obtained during the second quarter of 2004.
Charges during the third quarter of 2003 primarily resulted from the write-off of existing deferred loan costs associated with the repayment of the term loan portion of our senior bank credit facility (which repayment was made with proceeds from the issuance of the $200.0 million 7.5% senior notes), premiums paid to defease the remaining outstanding 12% senior notes, and certain fees paid to amend the term portion of our senior bank credit facility. Charges during the second quarter of 2003 included expenses associated with the tender offer for our series B preferred stock, the redemption of our series A preferred stock, and the write-off of existing deferred loan costs associated with the repayment of the term loan portions of our senior bank credit facility made with proceeds from the common stock and note offerings, a tender premium paid to the holders of the 12% senior notes who tendered their notes to us at a price of 120% of par, and fees associated with the modifications to the terms of the $30.0 million of convertible subordinated notes.
Change in fair value of derivative instruments
On May 16, 2003, 0.3 million shares of common stock were issued, along with a $2.9 million subordinated promissory note, in connection with the final settlement of the state court portion of our stockholder litigation settlement reached during the first quarter of 2001. Under the terms of the promissory note, the note and accrued interest were extinguished in June 2003 once the average closing price of our common stock exceeded a “termination price” equal to $16.30 per share for fifteen consecutive trading days following the note’s issuance. The terms of the note, which allowed the principal balance to fluctuate dependent on the trading price of our common stock, created a derivative instrument that was valued and accounted for under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” or SFAS 133, as amended. Since we had previously reflected the maximum obligation of the contingency associated with the state portion of the stockholder litigation on the balance sheet, the extinguishment of the note in June 2003 resulted in a $2.9 million non-cash gain during the second quarter of 2003.
Income tax benefit (expense)
During the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, our financial statements reflected an income tax provision of $41.5 million and an income tax benefit of $52.4 million, respectively. The income tax benefit during the year ended December 31, 2003 was primarily the result of our reversal of substantially all of the valuation allowance previously established for our deferred tax assets.

56


Table of Contents

Deferred income taxes reflect the available net operating losses and the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Realization of the future tax benefits related to deferred tax assets is dependent on many factors, including our past earnings history, expected future earnings, the character and jurisdiction of such earnings, unsettled circumstances that, if unfavorably resolved, would adversely affect utilization of our deferred tax assets, carryback and carryforward periods, and tax strategies that could potentially enhance the likelihood of realization of a deferred tax asset. As further discussed under “Critical Accounting Policies — Income Taxes,” prior to December 31, 2003, we had not consistently demonstrated an ability to utilize our tax net operating losses within the carryforward period and therefore applied a valuation allowance to reserve substantially all of our net deferred tax assets in accordance with SFAS 109. As a result, our financial statements did not reflect a provision for income taxes, other than for certain state taxes. However, at December 31, 2003, we concluded that it was more likely than not that substantially all of our deferred tax assets would be realized. As a result, in accordance with SFAS 109, substantially all of the valuation allowance applied to such deferred tax assets was reversed on December 31, 2003. Accordingly, in the first quarter of 2004 we began providing a provision for income taxes at a rate on income before taxes equal to the combined federal and state effective tax rates using current tax rates.
During 2003, the Internal Revenue Service completed its field audit of our 2001 federal income tax return. During the fourth quarter of 2004, the 2001 audit results underwent a review by the Joint Committee on Taxation. Based on that review, the IRS adjusted the carryback claims we filed on our 2001 and 2002 federal income tax returns, requiring us to repay approximately $16.3 million of refunds we received during 2002 and 2003 as a result of tax law changes provided by the “Job Creation and Worker Assistance Act of 2002.” A portion of our tax loss was deemed not to be available for carryback to 1997 and 1996 due to our restructuring that occurred between 1997 and 2001. However, we will carry this tax loss forward to offset future taxable income. While the adjustment did not result in a loss of deductions claimed, we were obligated to repay the amount of the adjusted refund, plus interest of approximately $2.9 million, or $1.7 million after taxes, through December 31, 2004. These obligations were accrued in our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2004.
The repayment of the refund adjusted by the IRS resulted in an increase in the amount of deferred tax assets reflected on our balance sheet for the incremental net operating losses made available to offset taxable income in the future. The increase in our net operating loss carryforwards resulting from the repayment effectively extends the date in which our net operating loss carryforwards are fully utilized. We currently expect to fully utilize our remaining federal net operating losses during 2006.
During the fourth quarter of 2004, we realized a net income tax benefit of $0.5 million resulting from the implementation of tax planning strategies that are also expected to reduce our future effective tax rate. Additionally, we recorded an income tax benefit of $1.4 million in the third quarter of 2004 which primarily resulted from a change in estimated income taxes associated with certain financing transactions completed during 2003, partially offset by changes in our valuation allowance applied to certain deferred tax assets.
Discontinued operations
During the fourth quarter of 2002, we were notified by the state of Florida of its intention to not renew our contract to manage the 96-bed Okeechobee Juvenile Offender Correctional Center located in Okeechobee, Florida, upon the expiration of a short-term extension to the existing management contract, which expired in December 2002. Upon expiration of the short-term extension, which occurred March 1, 2003, operation of the facility was transferred to the state of Florida. During 2003, the facility generated total revenue of $0.8 million, and incurred total operating expenses of $0.7 million. Additionally, the expiration of the contract resulted in the impairment of all goodwill

57


Table of Contents

previously recorded in connection with this facility, which totaled $0.3 million, during the first quarter of 2003.
On March 18, 2003, we were notified by the Department of Corrections of the Commonwealth of Virginia of its intention to not renew our contract to manage the 1,500-bed Lawrenceville Correctional Center located in Lawrenceville, Virginia, upon the expiration of the contract, which occurred on March 22, 2003. During 2003, the facility generated total revenue of $4.6 million, and incurred total operating expenses of $5.3 million. Additionally, the expiration of the contract resulted in the impairment of all goodwill previously recorded in connection with this facility, which totaled $0.3 million, during the first quarter of 2003. Results for 2004 include residual activity from the operation of this facility, including primarily proceeds received from the sale of fully depreciated equipment.
During the first quarter of 2004, we received $0.6 million in proceeds from the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico as a settlement for repairs we previously made to a facility we formerly operated in Ponce, Puerto Rico. These proceeds, net of taxes, are presented as discontinued operations for year ended December 31, 2004.
Due to operating losses incurred at the Southern Nevada Women’s Correctional Center, we elected to not renew our contract to manage the facility upon the expiration of the contract. Accordingly, we transferred operation of the facility to the Nevada Department of Corrections on October 1, 2004. During 2004 and 2003, the facility generated total revenue of $6.1 million and $7.5 million, respectively, and incurred total operating expenses of $7.0 million and $8.8 million, respectively.
During March 2005, we received notification from the Tulsa County Commission in Oklahoma that, as a result of a contract bidding process, the County elected to have the Tulsa County Sheriff’s Office manage the 1,440-bed David L. Moss Criminal Justice Center, located in Tulsa. Our contract expired on June 30, 2005. Accordingly, we transferred operation of the facility to the Tulsa County Sheriff’s Office on July 1, 2005. During 2004 and 2003, the facility generated total revenue of $21.9 million and $21.6 million, respectively, and incurred total operating expenses of $20.2 million and $18.7 million, respectively.
Distributions to preferred stockholders
For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, distributions to preferred stockholders totaled $1.5 million and $15.3 million. Following the completion of the common stock and notes offering in May 2003, we purchased approximately 3.7 million shares of series B preferred stock for approximately $97.4 million pursuant to the terms of a cash tender offer. The tender offer price for the series B preferred stock (inclusive of all accrued and unpaid dividends) was $26.00 per share. The tender premium payment of the difference between the tender price ($26.00) and the liquidation preference ($24.46) for the shares tendered was reported as a preferred stock distribution in the second quarter of 2003. During the second quarter of 2004, we redeemed the remaining 1.0 million outstanding shares of our series B preferred stock at a price of $24.46 per share, plus accrued dividends to the redemption date.
Also during the second quarter of 2003, we redeemed 4.0 million, or approximately 93%, of our 4.3 million shares of outstanding series A preferred stock at a price of $25.00 per share plus accrued dividends to the redemption date as part of the recapitalization. During the first quarter of 2004, we redeemed the remaining 0.3 million outstanding shares of our series A preferred stock at a price of $25.00 per share, plus accrued dividends to the redemption date.

58


Table of Contents

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Our principal capital requirements are for working capital, capital expenditures and debt service payments. Capital requirements may also include cash expenditures associated with our outstanding commitments and contingencies, as further discussed in the notes to our financial statements. Additionally, we may incur capital expenditures to expand the design capacity of certain of our facilities (in order to retain management contracts) and to increase our inmate bed capacity for anticipated demand from current and future customers. We may acquire additional correctional facilities that we believe have favorable investment returns and increase value to our stockholders. We will also consider opportunities for growth, including potential acquisitions of businesses within our line of business and those that provide complementary services, provided we believe such opportunities will broaden our market share and/or increase the services we can provide to our customers.
During September 2005, we announced that Citrus County renewed our contract for the continued management of the Citrus County Detention Facility located in Lecanto, Florida. The contract has a ten-year base term with one five-year renewal option. The terms of the new agreement include a 360-bed expansion that commenced during the fourth quarter of 2005 and is expected to be completed during the first quarter of 2007. The expansion of the facility, which is owned by the County, is currently anticipated to cost approximately $18.5 million which we will fund by utilizing our cash on hand. The estimated remaining cost to complete the expansion is $17.3 million as of December 31, 2005. If the County terminates the management contract at any time prior to twenty years following completion of construction, the County would be required to pay us an amount equal to the construction cost less an allowance for the amortization over a twenty-year period.
During February 2005, we commenced construction of the Red Rock Correctional Center, a new 1,596-bed correctional facility located in Eloy, Arizona. The facility is expected to cost approximately $81.5 million, and is slated for completion during the third quarter of 2006 with an estimated remaining cost to complete of $18.1 million as of December 31, 2005. The capacity at the new facility is intended primarily for our existing customers.
In order to maintain an adequate supply of available beds to meet anticipated demand, while offering the state of Hawaii the opportunity to consolidate its inmates into fewer facilities, we recently commenced construction of the Saguaro Correctional Facility, a new 1,896-bed correctional facility located adjacent to the Red Rock Correctional Center in Eloy, Arizona. The Saguaro Correctional Facility is expected to be completed during the second half of 2007 at an estimated cost of approximately $100 million. We currently expect to consolidate inmates from the state of Hawaii from several of our other facilities to this new facility. As of December 31, 2005, we housed approximately 1,850 inmates from the state of Hawaii.
The following table summarizes the aforementioned construction and expansion projects expected to be completed through 2007:

59


Table of Contents

                         
                    Estimated cost to  
    No. of     Estimated     complete  
Facility   beds     completion date     (in thousands)  
Red Rock Correctional Center
          Third        
Eloy, AZ
    1,596     quarter 2006   $ 18,058  
 
                       
Citrus County Detention Facility
Lecanto, FL
    360     First quarter 2007     17,269  
 
                       
Saguaro Correctional Facility
Eloy, AZ
    1,896     Second half 2007     97,108  
 
                   
 
                       
Total
    3,852             $ 132,435  
 
                   
We may also pursue additional expansion opportunities to satisfy the needs of an existing or potential customer or when the economics of an expansion are compelling.
Additionally, we believe investments in technology can enable us to operate safe and secure facilities with more efficient, highly skilled and better-trained staff, and to reduce turnover through the deployment of innovative technologies, many of which are unique and new to the corrections industry. During 2005, we capitalized $17.2 million of expenditures related to technology. These investments in technology are expected to provide long-term benefits enabling us to provide enhanced quality service to our customers while creating scalable operating efficiencies. We expect to incur approximately $15.5 million in information technology expenditures during 2006.
We have the ability to fund our capital expenditure requirements including our construction projects, as well as our information technology expenditures, working capital, and debt service requirements, with investments and cash on hand, net cash provided by operations, and borrowings available under our revolving credit facility.
The term loan portion of our old senior bank credit facility was scheduled to mature on March 31, 2008, while the revolving portion of the old facility, which as of December 31, 2005 had an outstanding balance of $10.0 million along with $36.5 million in outstanding letters of credit under a subfacility, was scheduled to mature on March 31, 2006. During January 2006, we completed the sale and issuance of $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6.75% senior notes due 2014, the proceeds of which were used in part to completely pay-off the outstanding balance of the term loan portion of our old senior bank credit facility after repaying the $10.0 million balance on the revolving portion of the old facility with cash on hand. Further, during February 2006, we closed on a new revolving credit facility with various lenders providing for a new $150.0 million revolving credit facility to replace the revolving portion of the old credit facility. The new revolving credit facility has a five-year term and currently has no outstanding balance other than $36.5 million in outstanding letters of credit under a subfacility. We have an option to increase the availability under the new revolving credit facility by up to $100.0 million (consisting of revolving credit, term loans or a combination of the two) subject to, among other things, the receipt of commitments for the increased amount. Interest on the new revolving credit facility is based on a base rate plus a margin ranging from 0.00% to 0.50% or on LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 0.75% to 1.50%, subject to adjustment based on our leverage ratio. The new revolving credit facility currently bears interest at a base rate plus a margin of 0.25% or a LIBOR plus a margin of 1.25%.
During the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, we were not required to pay income taxes, other than primarily for the alternative minimum tax and certain state taxes, due to the utilization of existing net operating loss carryforwards to offset our taxable income. During 2006 we expect to generate sufficient taxable income to utilize our remaining federal net operating loss carryforwards,

60


Table of Contents

except for certain annual limitations imposed under the Internal Revenue Code. As a result, we expect to begin paying federal income taxes during 2006, with an obligation to pay a full year’s taxes beginning in 2007.
As of December 31, 2005, our liquidity was provided by cash on hand of $64.9 million, investments of $19.0 million, and $78.5 million available under our old $125.0 million revolving credit facility (which availability increased to $113.5 million upon repayment of our old revolving credit facility in January 2006 and attainment of our new $150.0 million revolving credit facility in February 2006). During the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, we generated $153.4 million and $126.0 million, respectively, in cash provided by operating activities, and as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, we had net working capital of $146.8 million and $130.0 million, respectively. We currently expect to be able to meet our cash expenditure requirements for the next year utilizing these resources. In addition, we have an effective “shelf” registration statement under which we may issue an indeterminate amount of securities from time to time when we determine that market conditions and the opportunity to utilize the proceeds from the issuance of such securities are favorable.
As a result of the completion of numerous recapitalization and refinancing transactions over the past several years, we have significantly reduced our exposure to variable rate debt, substantially eliminated our subordinated indebtedness, lowered our after tax interest obligations associated with our outstanding debt, further increasing our cash flow, and extended our total weighted average debt maturities. Also as a result of the completion of these capital transactions, covenants under our senior bank credit facility were amended to provide greater flexibility for, among other matters, incurring unsecured indebtedness, capital expenditures, and permitted acquisitions. With the most recent pay-off of our senior bank credit facility in January 2006 and the completion of our new revolving credit facility in February 2006, we removed the requirement to secure the senior bank credit facility with liens on our real estate assets and, instead, collateralized the facility primarily with security interests in our accounts receivable and deposit accounts. At December 31, 2005, after giving effect to the 2006 refinancing transactions, our total weighted average stated interest rate was 6.9% and our total weighted average maturity was 6.5 years. As an indication of the improvement of our operational performance and financial flexibility, Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services has raised our corporate credit rating from “B” at December 31, 2000 to “BB-” currently (an improvement by two ratings levels), and our senior unsecured debt rating from “CCC+” to “BB-” (an improvement by four ratings levels). Moody’s Investors Service has upgraded our senior unsecured debt rating from “Caa1” at December 31, 2000 to “Ba3” currently (an improvement by four ratings levels).
Operating Activities
Our net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2005 was $153.4 million compared with $126.0 million for the same period in the prior year and $202.8 million in 2003. Cash provided by operating activities represents the year to date net income plus depreciation and amortization, changes in various components of working capital, and adjustments for expenses associated with debt refinancing and recapitalization transactions, and various non-cash charges, including primarily deferred income taxes. The increase in cash provided by operating activities during 2005 was primarily the result of an increase in higher operating income and lower interest costs, partially offset by an increase in income tax payments for the aforementioned repayment of excess tax refunds received in prior years.
The decrease in cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2004 as compared with 2003 was a result of the receipt of income tax refunds totaling $33.7 million during 2003 as well as the refinancing of our outstanding preferred stock with long-term debt. Distributions on preferred stock are included in financing activities while interest on outstanding indebtedness is included in operating activities on the statement of cash flows. Negative fluctuations in working

61


Table of Contents

capital during 2004 compared with 2003 also contributed to the decrease in cash provided by operating activities. Cash paid of $15.5 million in connection with the recapitalization during May 2003 for contingent interest on the $40.0 million convertible subordinated notes that had accrued but remained unpaid since June 2000 in accordance with the terms of such notes, was offset by the collection during 2003, of $13.5 million from the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico as final payment for all outstanding balances owed from three facilities we formerly managed.
Investing Activities
Our cash flow used in investing activities was $116.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, and was primarily attributable to capital expenditures during the year of $110.3 million, including $73.9 million for the expansion and development activities previously discussed herein, and $36.4 million for other capital expenditures. Cash flow used in investing activities was also impacted by the purchases of $10.3 million in investments. Our cash flow used in investing activities was $116.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, and was primarily attributable to capital expenditures during the year of $128.0 million, including $80.5 million for expansion and development activities and $47.5 million for other capital expenditures. During the year ended December 31, 2003, our cash flow used in investing activities was $93.5 million, primarily resulting from capital expenditures of $92.2 million. Capital expenditures for acquisition and development activities of $56.7 million during 2003 included capital expenditures of $47.5 million in connection with the purchase of the Crowley County Correctional Facility. In addition, during 2003 cash was used to fund restricted cash for a capital improvement, replacements, and repairs reserve totaling $5.6 million for our San Diego Correctional Facility.
Financing Activities
Our cash flow used in financing activities was $23.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 and was primarily attributable to the aforementioned refinancing and recapitalization transactions completed during the first half of 2005. Proceeds from the issuance of the $375 million 6.25% senior notes along with cash on hand were used to purchase all of the outstanding $250 million 9.875% senior notes, make a lump sum prepayment on the senior bank credit facility of $110 million, and pay fees and expenses related thereto. These transactions, combined with the second quarter amendment to the senior bank credit facility, resulted in fees and expenses of $36.2 million paid during 2005.
Our cash flow used in financing activities was $29.5 million for 2004 and was primarily attributable to the redemption of the remaining 0.3 million shares of series A preferred stock during March 2004, which totaled $7.5 million, and the redemption of the remaining 1.0 million shares of series B preferred stock during the second quarter of 2004, which totaled $23.5 million.
Our cash flow used in financing activities was $83.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. During January 2003, we financed the purchase of the Crowley County Correctional Facility through $30.0 million in borrowings under our senior bank credit facility pursuant to an expansion of a then-existing term portion of the credit facility. During May 2003, we completed certain recapitalization transactions, which included the sale and issuance of $250.0 million of 7.5% senior notes and 6.4 million shares of common stock for $124.8 million. The proceeds received from the sale and issuance of the senior notes and the common stock were largely offset by the redemption of $192.0 million of our series A preferred stock and our series B preferred stock; the prepayment of $132.0 million on the term loan portions of the senior bank credit facility with proceeds from the recapitalization, cash on hand, and an income tax refund; the prepayment of $7.6 million aggregate principal of our 12% senior notes; the repurchase and subsequent retirement of 3.4 million shares of common stock for $65.6 million; and the payment of $10.8 million in costs primarily associated with the recapitalization transactions and prepayment of the 12% senior notes. During August 2003, we completed the sale and

62


Table of Contents

issuance of $200.0 million of 7.5% senior notes at a price of 101.125% of the principal amount of the notes, resulting in a premium of $2.25 million. The proceeds received from the sale and issuance of the senior notes were offset by the prepayment of $240.3 million on the term loan portion of the senior bank credit facility. We paid $7.7 million in costs primarily associated with the debt refinancing transactions during the third quarter of 2003. We also paid $7.4 million in scheduled principal repayments during 2003, and cash dividends of $12.7 million on our preferred stock, including a tender premium of $5.8 million in connection with the completion of the tender offer for our series B preferred stock.
Contractual Obligations
The following schedule summarizes our contractual obligations by the indicated period as of December 31, 2005 (in thousands):
                                                         
    Payments Due By Year Ended December 31,  
    2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     Thereafter     Total  
 
Long-term debt
  $ 11,538     $ 103,250     $ 34,300     $     $     $ 825,000     $ 974,088  
Citrus County
                                                       
Detention Facility expansion
    16,627       642                               17,269  
Mineral Wills remediation
    225                                     225  
Operating leases
    211                                     211  
 
                                         
Total Contractual Cash Obligations
  $ 28,601     $ 103,892     $ 34,300     $     $     $ 825,000     $ 991,793  
 
                                         
The cash obligations in the table above do not include future cash obligations for interest associated with our outstanding indebtedness. During 2005, we paid $66.4 million in interest, including capitalized interest. We had $36.5 million of letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2005 primarily to support our requirement to repay fees and claims under our workers’ compensation plan in the event we do not repay the fees and claims due in accordance with the terms of the plan. The letters of credit are renewable annually. We did not have any draws under any outstanding letters of credit during 2005, 2004, or 2003.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment,” or SFAS 123R, which is a revision of SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.” SFAS 123R supersedes APB Opinion No. 25 and amends Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 95, “Statement of Cash Flows.” Generally, the approach in SFAS 123R is similar to the approach described in SFAS 123. However, SFAS 123R requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values. When adopted, pro forma disclosure will no longer be an alternative.
In accordance with the SEC’s April 2005 ruling, SFAS 123R must be adopted for annual periods that begin after June 15, 2005. Early adoption will be permitted in which financial statements have not yet been issued.
SFAS 123R permits public companies to adopt its requirements using one of two methods:
  1.   A “modified prospective” method in which compensation cost is recognized beginning with the effective date (a) based on the requirements of SFAS 123R for all share-based

63


Table of Contents

      payments granted after the effective date and (b) based on the requirements of SFAS 123 for all awards granted to employees prior to the effective date of SFAS 123R that remain unvested on the effective date.
  2.   A “modified retrospective” method which includes the requirements of the modified prospective method described above, but also permits entities to restate based on the amounts previously recognized under SFAS 123 for purposes of pro forma disclosures either for (a) all prior periods presented or (b) prior interim periods of the year of adoption.
We adopted SFAS 123R on January 1, 2006 using the “modified prospective” method.
As previously permitted by SFAS 123, we accounted for share-based payments to employees using APB 25’s intrinsic value method and, as such, recognized no compensation cost for employee stock options, except as a result of the previously announced December 2005 accelerated vesting of stock options which resulted in a compensation charge during the fourth quarter of 2005 of $1.0 million in accordance with APB 25. Accordingly, the adoption of SFAS 123R’s fair value method could have a significant impact on our results of operations, although it will have no impact on our overall financial position. The impact of adoption of SFAS 123R cannot be predicted at this time because it will depend on levels of share-based payments granted in the future. However, because we made changes in 2005 to our historical business practices with respect to awarding stock-based employee compensation, the impact of the standard is expected to be less than the historical pro forma impact as described in the disclosure of pro forma net income and earnings per share in the footnote, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”, in our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Further, the pro forma data for 2005 also includes $6.3 million of compensation expense associated with the accelerated vesting of all stock options outstanding effective December 30, 2005. SFAS 123R also requires the benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation cost to be reported as a financing cash flow, rather than as an operating cash flow as required under current literature. This requirement will reduce net operating cash flows and increase net financing cash flows in periods after adoption.
INFLATION
We do not believe that inflation has had or will have a direct adverse effect on our operations. Many of our management contracts include provisions for inflationary indexing, which mitigates an adverse impact of inflation on net income. However, a substantial increase in personnel costs, workers’ compensation or food and medical expenses could have an adverse impact on our results of operations in the future to the extent that these expenses increase at a faster pace than the per diem or fixed rates we receive for our management services.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.
Our primary market risk exposure is to changes in U.S. interest rates. We are exposed to market risk related to our senior bank credit facility, which had an outstanding balance of $149.0 million as of December 31, 2005. As further described in Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements, during the first quarter of 2006 we repaid our old senior bank credit facility primarily with the proceeds from the issuance of $150.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 6.75% senior unsecured notes due 2014, and replaced the old senior bank credit facility with a new revolving credit facility with a capacity of $150.0 million. The interest on our senior bank credit facility was, and our new revolving credit facility is, subject to fluctuations in the market. If the interest rate for our outstanding indebtedness under the senior bank credit facility was 100 basis points higher or lower during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, our interest expense, net of amounts capitalized, would

64


Table of Contents

have been increased or decreased by approximately $1.9 million, $2.8 million and $4.8 million, respectively.
As of December 31, 2005, we had outstanding $450.0 million of senior notes with a fixed rate of 7.5% and $375.0 million of senior notes with a fixed rate of 6.25%. Because the interest rates with respect to these instruments are fixed, a hypothetical 100 basis point increase or decrease in market interest rates would not have a material impact on our financial statements.
In order to satisfy a requirement of the senior bank credit facility we purchased an interest rate cap agreement, capping LIBOR at 5.0% (prior to the applicable spread) on outstanding balances of $200.0 million through the expiration of the cap agreement on May 20, 2004, for a price of $1.0 million. We do not currently intend to enter into any additional interest rate protection agreements in the short term.
We may, from time to time, invest our cash in a variety of short-term financial instruments. These instruments generally consist of highly liquid investments with original maturities at the date of purchase of three months or less. While these investments are subject to interest rate risk and will decline in value if market interest rates increase, a hypothetical 100 basis point increase or decrease in market interest rates would not materially affect the value of these instruments.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
The financial statements and supplementary data required by Regulation S-X are included in this annual report on Form 10-K commencing on Page F-1.
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.
Management’s Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of our senior management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as of the end of the period covered by this annual report. Based on that evaluation, our senior management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, concluded that as of the end of the period covered by this annual report our disclosure controls and procedures are effective in causing material information relating to us (including our consolidated subsidiaries) to be recorded, processed, summarized and reported by management on a timely basis and to ensure that the quality and timeliness of our public disclosures complies with SEC disclosure obligations.
Management’s Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management of Corrections Corporation of America (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted

65


Table of Contents

accounting principles. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
  (i)   pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;
 
  (ii)   provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and
 
  (iii)   provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework.
Based on management’s assessment and those criteria, management believes that, as of December 31, 2005, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.
The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, have issued an attestation report on management’s assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. That report begins on page 67.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this report that have materially affected, or are likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

66


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Corrections Corporation of America
We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that Corrections Corporation of America and Subsidiaries (“the Company”) maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, management’s assessment that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the COSO criteria. Also, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on the COSO criteria.

67


Table of Contents

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005 of Corrections Corporation of America and our report dated March 1, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
     
 
  /s/ Ernst & Young LLP
 
   
 
  Ernst & Young LLP
 
   
Nashville, Tennessee
   
March 1, 2006
   

68


Table of Contents

PART III.
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.
The information required by this Item 10 will appear in, and is hereby incorporated by reference from, the information under the headings “Proposal I — Election of Directors-Directors Standing for Election,” “-Information Concerning Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors,” “Corporate Governance — Board of Directors Meetings and Committees,” and “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management — Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in our definitive proxy statement for the 2006 annual meeting of stockholders.
As a part of our comprehensive Corporate Compliance Manual, our Board of Directors has adopted a Code of Ethics and Business Conduct applicable to the members of our Board of Directors and our officers, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. In addition, the Board of Directors has adopted Corporate Governance Guidelines and restated charters for our Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, Nominating and Governance Committee and Executive Committee. You can access our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, Corporate Governance Guidelines and current committee charters on our website at www.correctionscorp.com or request a copy of any of the foregoing by writing to the following address — Corrections Corporation of America, Attention: Secretary, 10 Burton Hills Boulevard, Nashville, Tennessee 37215.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
The information required by this Item 11 will appear in, and is hereby incorporated by reference from, the information under the headings “Corporate Governance — Director Compensation,” “Executive Compensation,” and “Performance Graph” in our definitive proxy statement for the 2006 annual meeting of stockholders.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.
The information required by this Item 12 will appear in, and is hereby incorporated by reference from, the information under the heading “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in our definitive proxy statement for the 2006 annual meeting of stockholders.
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
The following table sets forth certain information as of December 31, 2005 regarding compensation plans under which our equity securities are authorized for issuance.

69


Table of Contents

                         
    (a)     (b)     (c)  
                    Number of Securities  
                    Remaining Available  
            for Future Issuance  
    Number of Securities     Weighted - Average     Under Equity  
    to be Issued Upon     Exercise Price of     Compensation Plan  
    Exercise of     Outstanding     (Excluding Securities  
    Outstanding Options,     Options, Warrants     Reflected in Column  
Plan Category   Warrants and Rights     and Rights     (a))  
 
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders
    3,329,210     $ 25.86       1,216,428 (1)
 
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders
                 
 
                 
 
                       
Total
    3,329,210     $ 25.86       1,216,428 (1)
 
                 
 
(1)   Reflects shares of common stock available for issuance under our Amended and Restated 1997 Employee Share Incentive Plan and Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, the only equity compensation plans approved by our stockholders under which we continue to grant awards.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.
The information required by this Item 13 will appear in, and is hereby incorporated by reference from, the information under the heading “Corporate Governance — Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in our definitive proxy statement for the 2006 annual meeting of stockholders.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.
The information required by this Item 14 will appear in, and is hereby incorporated by reference from, the information under the heading “Corporate Governance — Audit and Non-Audit Fees” in our definitive proxy statement for the 2006 annual meeting of stockholders.

70


Table of Contents

PART IV.
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
The following documents are filed as part of this report:
  (1)   Financial Statements.
 
      The financial statements as set forth under Item 8 of this annual report on Form 10-K have been filed herewith, beginning on page F-1 of this report.
 
  (2)   Financial Statement Schedules.
 
      Schedules for which provision is made in Regulation S-X are either not required to be included herein under the related instructions or are inapplicable or the related information is included in the footnotes to the applicable financial statements and, therefore, have been omitted.
 
  (3)   The Exhibits are listed in the Index of Exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K included herewith.

71


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
             
 
      CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA    
 
           
Date: March 7, 2006
  By:   /s/ John D. Ferguson    
 
           
 
      John D. Ferguson, President and Chief Executive Officer    
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capabilities and on the dates indicated.
         
/s/ John D. Ferguson
  March 7, 2006    
 
       
John D. Ferguson, President and Chief Executive Officer and
       
Director (Principal Executive Officer)
       
 
       
/s/ Irving E. Lingo, Jr.
  March 7, 2006    
 
       
Irving E. Lingo, Jr., Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
       
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
       
 
       
/s/ William F. Andrews
  March 7, 2006    
 
       
William F. Andrews, Chairman of the Board and Director
       
 
       
/s/ Donna M. Alvarado
  March 7, 2006    
 
       
Donna M. Alvarado, Director
       
 
       
/s/ Lucius E. Burch, III
  March 7, 2006    
 
       
Lucius E. Burch, III, Director
       
 
       
/s/ John D. Correnti
  March 7, 2006    
 
       
John D. Correnti, Director
       
 
       
/s/ John R. Horne
  March 7, 2006    
 
       
John R. Horne, Director
       
 
       
/s/ C. Michael Jacobi
  March 7, 2006    
 
       
C. Michael Jacobi, Director
       
 
       
/s/ Thurgood Marshall, Jr.
  March 7, 2006    
 
       
Thurgood Marshall, Jr., Director
       
 
       
/s/ Charles L. Overby
  March 7, 2006    
 
       
Charles L. Overby, Director
       
 
       
/s/ John R. Prann, Jr.
  March 7, 2006    
 
       
John R. Prann, Jr., Director
       
 
       
/s/ Joseph V. Russell
  March 7, 2006    
 
       
Joseph V. Russell, Director
       
 
       
/s/ Henri L. Wedell
  February 22, 2006    
 
       
Henri L. Wedell, Director
       

72


Table of Contents

INDEX OF EXHIBITS
Exhibits marked with an * are filed herewith. Other exhibits have previously been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) and are incorporated herein by reference.
     
Exhibit Number   Description of Exhibits
 
3.1
  Amended and Restated Charter of the Company (previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File no. 001—16109), filed with the Commission on April 17, 2001 and incorporated herein by this reference).
 
   
3.2
  Amendment to the Amended and Restated Charter of the Company effecting the reverse stock split of the Company’s Common Stock and a related reduction in the stated capital stock of the Company (previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File no. 001—16109), filed with the Commission on August 13, 2001 and incorporated herein by this reference).
 
   
3.3
  Third Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (previously filed as Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Amendment No. 3 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission File no. 333—96721), filed with the Commission on December 30, 2002 and incorporated herein by this reference).
 
   
4.1
  Provisions defining the rights of stockholders of the Company are found in Article V of the Amended and Restated Charter of the Company, as amended (included as Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2 hereto), and Article II of the Third Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (included as Exhibit 3.3 hereto).
 
   
4.2
  Specimen of certificate representing shares of the Company’s Common Stock (previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File no. 001—16109), filed with the Commission on March 22, 2002 and incorporated herein by this reference).
 
   
4.3
  Indenture, dated as of May 7, 2003, by and among the Company, certain of its subsidiaries and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K. (Commission File no. 001—16109), filed with the Commission on May 7, 2003 and incorporated herein by this reference).
 
   
4.4
  Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 7, 2003, by and among the Company, certain of its subsidiaries and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, providing for the Company’s 7.5% Senior Notes due 2011 (“7.5% Notes”), with form of note attached (previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (Commission File no. 001—16109), filed with the Commission on May 7, 2003 and incorporated herein by this reference).

73


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit Number   Description of Exhibits
 
4.5
  First Supplement, dated as of August 8, 2003, to the Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 7, 2003, by and among the Company, certain of its subsidiaries and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, providing for the Company’s 7.5% Notes (previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File no. 001—16109), filed with the Commission on August 12, 2003 and incorporated herein by this reference).
 
   
4.6
  Second Supplement, dated as of August 8, 2003, to the Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 7, 2003, by and among the Company, certain of its subsidiaries and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, providing for the Company’s 7.5% Notes (previously filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File no. 001—16109), filed with the Commission on August 12, 2003 and incorporated herein by this reference).
 
   
4.7
  Indenture, dated as of March 23, 2005, by and among the Company, certain of its subsidiaries and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, providing for the Company’s 6.25% Senior Notes due 2013 with form of note attached (previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (Commission File no. 001—16109), filed with the Commission on March 24, 2005 and incorporated herein by this reference).
 
   
4.8
  Indenture, dated as of January 23, 2006, by and among the Company, certain of its subsidiaries and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (Commission File no. 001—16109), filed with the Commission on January 24, 2006 and incorporated herein by this reference).
 
   
4.9
  Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 23, 2006, by and among the Company, certain of its subsidiaries and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, providing for the Company’s 6.75% Senior Notes due 2014, with form of note attached (previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (Commission File no. 001—16109), filed with the Commission on January 24, 2006 and incorporated herein by this reference).
 
   
10.1
  Credit Agreement, dated as of February 3, 2006, by and among the Company, as Borrower, the lenders who are or may become a party to the agreement, and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent for the lenders (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (Commission File no. 001—16109), filed with the Commission on February 7, 2006 and incorporated herein by this reference).

74


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit Number   Description of Exhibits
 
10.2
  Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1999, by and between the Company and PMI Mezzanine Fund, L.P., including, as Exhibit R-1 thereto, Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1999, by and between the Company and PMI Mezzanine Fund, L.P. (previously filed as Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (Commission File no. 0—25245), filed with the Commission on January 6, 1999 and incorporated herein by this reference).
 
   
10.3
  Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement and Note by and between the Company and PMI Mezzanine Fund, L.P., dated April 28, 2003 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Amendment No. 2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Commission File no. 333—104240), filed with the Commission on April 28, 2003 and incorporated herein by this reference).
 
   
10.4
  Waiver and Amendment, dated as of June 30, 2000, by and between the Company and PMI Mezzanine Fund, L.P., with form of replacement note attached thereto as Exhibit B (previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File no. 0—25245), filed with the Commission on July 3, 2000 and incorporated herein by this reference).
 
   
10.5
  Waiver and Amendment, dated as of March 5, 2001, by and between the Company and PMI Mezzanine Fund, L.P., including, as an exhibit thereto, Amendment to Registration Rights Agreement (previously filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File no. 001—16109), filed with the Commission on April 17, 2001 and incorporated herein by this reference).
 
   
10.6
  Form of Amendment No. 2 to Registration Rights Agreement by and between the Company and PMI Mezzanine Fund, L.P. (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Amendment No. 2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Commission File no. 333—104240), filed with the Commission on April 28, 2003 and incorporated herein by this reference).
 
   
10.7 *
  Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 31, 1998, by and between Correctional Management Services Corporation, a predecessor of the Company, and CFE, Inc.
 
   
10.8
  The Company’s Amended and Restated 1997 Employee Share Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File no. 001—16109), filed with the Commission on March 12, 2004 and incorporated herein by this reference).
 
   
10.9
  Form of Non-qualified Stock Option Agreement for the Company’s Amended and Restated 1997 Employee Share Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File no. 001—16109), filed with the Commission on March 7, 2005 and incorporated herein by this reference).

75


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit Number   Description of Exhibits
 
10.10
  Old Prison Realty’s Non-Employee Trustees’ Compensation Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Old Prison Realty’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Commission File no. 333—58339), filed with the Commission on July 1, 1998 and incorporated herein by this reference).
 
   
10.11
  Old CCA’s 1995 Employee Stock Incentive Plan, effective as of March 20, 1995 (previously filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Old CCA’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Commission File no. 33—61173), filed with the Commission on July 20, 1995 and incorporated herein by this reference).
 
   
10.12
  Old CCA’s Non-Employee Directors’ Compensation Plan (previously filed as Appendix A to Old CCA’s definitive Proxy Statement relating to Old CCA’s 1998 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (Commission File no. 001—13560), filed with the Commission on March 31, 1998 and incorporated herein by this reference).
 
   
10.13
  The Company’s Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File no. 001—16109), filed with the Commission on March 12, 2004 and incorporated herein by this reference).
 
   
10.14
  Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Corrections Corporation of America 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File no. 001—16109), filed with the Commission on November 5, 2004 and incorporated herein by this reference).
 
   
10.15 *
  Form of Non-qualified Stock Option Agreement for the Company’s Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (supersedes previous form filed as Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (Commission File No. 001—16109) filed with the Commission on February 21, 2006).
 
   
10.16 *
  Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for the Company’s Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (supersedes previous form filed as Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (Commission File No. 001—16109) filed with the Commission on February 21, 2006).
 
   
10.17
  Form of Resale Restriction Agreement for certain stock option award agreements issued under the Company’s Amended and Restated 1997 Employee Share Incentive Plan and the Company’s Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (Commission File no. 001—16109), filed with the Commission on December 14, 2005 and incorporated herein by this reference).

76


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit Number   Description of Exhibits
 
10.18
  Form of Resale Restriction Agreement for key employees for certain stock option award agreements issued under the Company’s Amended and Restated 1997 Employee Share Incentive Plan and the Company’s Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (Commission File no. 001—16109), filed with the Commission on December 14, 2005 and incorporated herein by this reference).
 
   
10.19
  Employment Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2000, by and between the Company and John D. Ferguson, with form of option agreement included as Exhibit A thereto (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File no. 0—25245), filed with the Commission on August 14, 2000 and incorporated herein by this reference).
 
   
10.20
  First Amendment to Employment Agreement with John D. Ferguson, dated as of December 31, 2002, by and between the Company and John D. Ferguson (previously filed as Exhibit 10.30 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File no. 001—16109), filed with the Commission on March 28, 2003 and incorporated herein by this reference).
 
   
10.21
  Employment Agreement, dated as of January 3, 2005, by and between the Company and Irving E. Lingo, Jr. (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (Commission File no. 001—16109), filed with the Commission on January 6, 2005 and incorporated herein by this reference).
 
   
10.22
  Employment Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2003, by and between the Company and Kenneth A. Bouldin (previously filed as Exhibit 10.34 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File no. 001—16109), filed with the Commission on March 28, 2003 and incorporated herein by this reference).
 
   
10.23
  Employment Agreement dated as of May 1, 2003, by and between the Company and G.A. Puryear IV (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File no. 001—16109), filed with the Commission on August 12, 2003 and incorporated herein by this reference).
 
   
10.24
  Employment Agreement, dated as of January 3, 2005, by and between the Company and Richard P. Seiter (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (Commission File no. 001—16109), filed with the Commission on January 6, 2005 and incorporated herein by this reference).
 
   
10.25
  Employment Agreement, dated as of June 20, 2005, by and between the Company and Anthony M. DaDante (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (Commission File no 001—16109), filed with the Commission on June 22, 2005 and incorporated herein by this reference).

77


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit Number   Description of Exhibits
 
10.26 *
  Summary of Director and Executive Officer Compensation.
 
   
21*
  Subsidiaries of the Company.
 
   
23.1*
  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
 
   
31.1*
  Certification of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Securities and Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
   
31.2*
  Certification of the Company’s Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Securities and Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
   
32.1*
  Certification of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
   
32.2*
  Certification of the Company’s Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

78


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Consolidated Financial Statements of Corrections Corporation of America and Subsidiaries
     
  F-2
  F-3
  F-4
  F-5
  F-7
  F-10

F - 1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Corrections Corporation of America
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Corrections Corporation of America and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Corrections Corporation of America and Subsidiaries at December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of Corrections Corporation of America’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 1, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
         
     
  /s/ Ernst & Young LLP    
  Ernst & Young LLP   
     
 
Nashville, Tennessee
March 1, 2006

F - 2


Table of Contents

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except per share data)
                 
    December 31,  
  2005     2004  
ASSETS
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 64,901     $ 50,938  
Restricted cash
    11,284       12,965  
Investments
    19,014       8,686  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $2,258 and $1,380, respectively
    176,560       154,288  
Deferred tax assets
    32,488       56,410  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    15,884       16,636  
Current assets of discontinued operations
          2,365  
 
           
Total current assets
    320,131       302,288  
 
               
Property and equipment, net
    1,710,794       1,659,858  
 
               
Investment in direct financing lease
    16,322       17,073  
Goodwill
    15,246       15,563  
Other assets
    23,820       28,144  
Non-current assets of discontinued operations
          152  
 
           
 
               
Total assets
  $ 2,086,313     $ 2,023,078  
 
           
 
               
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
 
               
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
  $ 158,267     $ 144,815  
Income taxes payable
    1,435       22,207  
Current portion of long-term debt
    11,836       3,182  
Current liabilities of discontinued operations
    1,774       2,061  
 
           
Total current liabilities
    173,312       172,265  
 
               
Long-term debt, net of current portion
    963,800       999,113  
Deferred tax liabilities
    12,087       14,132  
Other liabilities
    20,483       21,574  
 
           
Total liabilities
    1,169,682       1,207,084  
 
           
 
               
Commitments and contingencies
               
 
               
Common stock — $0.01 par value; 80,000 shares authorized; 39,694 and 35,415 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively
    397       354  
Additional paid-in capital
    1,506,184       1,451,885  
Deferred compensation
    (5,563 )     (1,736 )
Retained deficit
    (584,387 )     (634,509 )
 
           
Total stockholders’ equity
    916,631       815,994  
 
           
 
               
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 2,086,313     $ 2,023,078  
 
           
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F - 3


Table of Contents

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2005     2004     2003  
REVENUE:
                       
Management and other
  $ 1,188,649     $ 1,122,542     $ 1,003,865  
Rental
    3,991       3,845       3,742  
 
                 
 
    1,192,640       1,126,387       1,007,607  
 
                 
 
                       
EXPENSES:
                       
Operating
    898,793       850,366       747,800  
General and administrative
    57,053       48,186       40,467  
Depreciation and amortization
    59,882       54,445       52,884  
 
                 
 
    1,015,728       952,997       841,151  
 
                 
 
                       
OPERATING INCOME
    176,912       173,390       166,456  
 
                 
 
                       
OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE:
                       
Interest expense, net
    63,928       69,177       74,446  
Expenses associated with debt refinancing and recapitalization transactions
    35,269       101       6,687  
Change in fair value of derivative instruments
                (2,900 )
Other (income) expense
    263       943       (414 )
 
                 
 
    99,460       70,221       77,819  
 
                 
 
                       
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES
    77,452       103,169       88,637  
 
                       
Income tax (expense) benefit
    (26,888 )     (41,514 )     52,352  
 
                 
 
                       
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
    50,564       61,655       140,989  
 
                       
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    (442 )     888       794  
 
                 
 
                       
NET INCOME
    50,122       62,543       141,783  
 
                       
Distributions to preferred stockholders
          (1,462 )     (15,262 )
 
                 
 
                       
NET INCOME AVAILABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS
  $ 50,122     $ 61,081     $ 126,521  
 
                 
 
                       
BASIC EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE:
                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 1.31     $ 1.71     $ 3.90  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    (0.01 )     0.03       0.02  
 
                 
Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 1.30     $ 1.74     $ 3.92  
 
                 
 
                       
DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE:
                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 1.26     $ 1.53     $ 3.42  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    (0.01 )     0.02       0.02  
 
                 
Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 1.25     $ 1.55     $ 3.44  
 
                 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F - 4


Table of Contents

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2005     2004     2003  
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Net income
  $ 50,122     $ 62,543     $ 141,783  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    60,068       54,574       54,011  
Amortization of debt issuance costs and other non-cash interest
    5,341       6,750       7,505  
Expenses associated with debt refinancing and recapitalization transactions
    35,269       101       6,687  
Deferred income taxes
    21,255       14,934       (52,725 )
Other (income) expense
    248       783       (409 )
Other non-cash items
    4,192       2,369       2,259  
Income tax benefit of equity compensation
    6,900       3,683       2,643  
Stock option compensation expense
    989              
Change in fair value of derivative instruments
                (2,900 )
Changes in assets and liabilities, net:
                       
Accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other assets
    (20,193 )     (28,654 )     2,892  
Income taxes receivable
                32,499  
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities
    9,947       (12,396 )     12,294  
Income taxes payable
    (20,772 )     21,294       (3,692 )
 
                 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    153,366       125,981       202,847  
 
                 
 
                       
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Expenditures for acquisitions, development, and expansions
    (73,895 )     (80,548 )     (56,673 )
Expenditures for other capital improvements
    (36,410 )     (47,480 )     (35,522 )
Proceeds from sale of investments
          5,000       7,000  
Purchases of investments
    (10,328 )     (160 )     (230 )
(Increase) decrease in restricted cash
    1,848       (66 )     (5,460 )
Proceeds from sale of assets
    1,046       179       487  
(Increase) decrease in other assets
    726       6,257       (4,099 )
Payments received on direct financing leases and notes receivable
    665       601       986  
 
                 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (116,348 )     (116,217 )     (93,511 )
 
                 
 
                       
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Proceeds from issuance of debt
    375,000             482,250  
Scheduled principal repayments
    (1,233 )     (843 )     (7,394 )
Other principal repayments
    (370,135 )           (387,266 )
Payment of debt issuance and other refinancing and related costs
    (36,240 )     (993 )     (18,579 )
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
                124,800  
Payment of stock issuance costs
                (7,674 )
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and warrants
    9,586       4,945       1,276  
Purchase and retirement of common stock
    (33 )           (66,464 )
Purchase and redemption of preferred stock
          (31,028 )     (191,984 )
Payment of dividends
          (1,612 )     (12,706 )
 
                 
Net cash used in financing activities
    (23,055 )     (29,531 )     (83,741 )
 
                 
 
                       
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    13,963       (19,767 )     25,595  
 
                       
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of year
    50,938       70,705       45,110  
 
                 
 
                       
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of year
  $ 64,901     $ 50,938     $ 70,705  
 
                 
(Continued)

F - 5


Table of Contents

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)
(Continued)
                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2005     2004     2003  
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
                       
Cash paid during the period for:
                       
Interest (net of amounts capitalized of $4,543, $5,839, and $900 in 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively)
  $ 61,877     $ 65,592     $ 79,068  
 
                 
Income taxes
  $ 15,776     $ 3,511     $ 2,183  
 
                 
 
                       
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Convertible subordinated notes were converted to common stock:
                       
Long-term debt
  $ (30,000 )   $     $ (40,000 )
Common stock
    34             34  
Additional paid-in capital
    29,944             39,512  
Other assets
    12             454  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
    10              
 
                 
 
  $     $     $  
 
                 
 
                       
The Company issued shares of common stock and a promissory note payable in satisfaction of stockholder litigation:
                       
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
  $     $     $ (5,998 )
Long-term debt
                2,900  
Common stock
                3  
Additional paid-in capital
                3,051  
Other assets
                44  
 
                 
 
  $     $     $  
 
                 
The Company issued Series B Preferred Stock in lieu of cash distributions to the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock on the applicable record date:
                       
Distributions payable
  $     $     $ (7,736 )
Preferred stock — Series B
                7,736  
 
                 
 
  $     $     $  
 
                 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F - 6


Table of Contents

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005, 2004, AND 2003

(in thousands)
                                                                 
                                                    Accumulated        
    Series A     Series B             Additional             Retained     Other     Total  
    Preferred     Preferred     Common     Paid-In     Deferred     Earnings     Comprehensive     Stockholders’  
    Stock     Stock     Stock     Capital     Compensation     (Deficit)     Income (Loss)     Equity  
BALANCE, December 31, 2002
  $ 107,500     $ 107,831     $ 280     $ 1,343,066     $ (1,604 )   $ (822,111 )   $ (964 )   $ 733,998  
 
                                               
Comprehensive income:
                                                               
Net income
                                  141,783             141,783  
Change in fair value of interest rate cap, net of tax
                                        378       378  
 
                                               
Total comprehensive income
                                  141,783       378       142,161  
 
                                               
Distributions to preferred stockholders
          7,736                         (15,262 )           (7,526 )
Issuance of common stock, net
                64       117,103                         117,167  
Retirement of common stock
                      (842 )                       (842 )
Deferred tax valuation allowance reversal
                      2,643                         2,643  
Retirement of series B preferred stock
          (347 )                                   (347 )
Redemption of preferred stock
    (100,000 )     (91,637 )                                   (191,637 )
Conversion of subordinated notes
                34       39,512                         39,546  
Repurchase of common stock
                (34 )     (65,588 )                       (65,622 )
Warrants exercised
                1                               1  
State stockholder litigation settlement
                3       3,051                         3,054  
Amortization of deferred compensation, net of forfeitures
          (55 )           (71 )     1,720                   1,594  
Restricted stock grant
                1       1,594       (1,595 )                  
Stock options exercised
                1       1,274                         1,275  
 
                                               
BALANCE, December 31, 2003
  $ 7,500     $ 23,528     $ 350     $ 1,441,742     $ (1,479 )   $ (695,590 )   $ (586 )   $ 775,465  
 
                                               
(Continued)

F - 7


Table of Contents

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005, 2004, AND 2003

(in thousands)
(Continued)
                                                                 
                                                    Accumulated        
    Series A     Series B             Additional             Retained     Other     Total  
    Preferred     Preferred     Common     Paid-In     Deferred     Earnings     Comprehensive     Stockholders’  
    Stock     Stock     Stock     Capital     Compensation     (Deficit)     Income (Loss)     Equity  
BALANCE, December 31, 2003
  $ 7,500     $ 23,528     $ 350     $ 1,441,742     $ (1,479 )   $ (695,590 )   $ (586 )   $ 775,465  
 
                                               
Comprehensive income:
                                                               
Net income
                                  62,543             62,543  
Change in fair value of interest rate cap, net of tax
                                        586       586  
 
                                               
Total comprehensive income
                                  62,543       586       63,129  
 
                                               
Distributions to preferred stockholders
                                  (1,462 )           (1,462 )
Income tax benefit of equity compensation
                      3,683                         3,683  
Redemption of preferred stock
    (7,500 )     (23,528 )                                   (31,028 )
Issuance of common stock
                      50                         50  
Amortization of deferred compensation, net of forfeitures
                      (106 )     1,318                   1,212  
Restricted stock grant
                1       1,574       (1,575 )                  
Stock options exercised
                3       4,942                         4,945  
 
                                               
BALANCE, December 31, 2004
  $     $     $ 354     $ 1,451,885     $ (1,736 )   $ (634,509 )   $     $ 815,994  
 
                                               
(Continued)

F - 8


Table of Contents

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005, 2004, AND 2003

(in thousands)
(Continued)
                                                                 
                                                    Accumulated        
    Series A     Series B             Additional             Retained     Other     Total  
    Preferred     Preferred     Common     Paid-In     Deferred     Earnings     Comprehensive     Stockholders’  
    Stock     Stock     Stock     Capital     Compensation     (Deficit)     Income (Loss)     Equity  
BALANCE, December 31, 2004
  $     $     $ 354     $ 1,451,885     $ (1,736 )   $ (634,509 )   $     $ 815,994  
 
                                               
Comprehensive income :
                                                               
Net income
                                  50,122             50,122  
 
                                               
Total comprehensive income
                                  50,122             50,122  
 
                                               
Conversion of subordinated notes
                34       29,944                         29,978  
Issuance of common stock
                      68                         68  
Retirement of common stock
                      (33 )                       (33 )
Amortization of deferred compensation, net of forfeitures
                      (142 )     3,169                   3,027  
Stock option compensation expense
                      989                         989  
Income tax benefit of equity compensation
                      6,900                         6,900  
Restricted stock grant
                2       6,994       (6,996 )                  
Warrants exercised
                1       999                         1,000  
Stock options exercised
                6       8,580                         8,586  
 
                                               
BALANCE, December 31, 2005
  $     $     $ 397     $ 1,506,184     $ (5,563 )   $ (584,387 )   $     $ 916,631  
 
                                               
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F - 9


Table of Contents

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2005, 2004 AND 2003
1. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONS
Corrections Corporation of America (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) is the nation’s largest owner and operator of privatized correctional and detention facilities and one of the largest prison operators in the United States, behind only the federal government and three states. As of December 31, 2005, the Company owned 42 correctional, detention and juvenile facilities, three of which the Company leases to other operators. At December 31, 2005, the Company operated 63 facilities, including 39 facilities that it owned, located in 19 states and the District of Columbia. The Company is also constructing two additional correctional facilities in Eloy, Arizona, one that is expected to be completed during the third quarter of 2006 and the other that is expected to be completed during the second half of 2007.
The Company specializes in owning, operating and managing prisons and other correctional facilities and providing inmate residential and prisoner transportation services for governmental agencies. In addition to providing the fundamental residential services relating to inmates, the Company’s facilities offer a variety of rehabilitation and educational programs, including basic education, religious services, life skills and employment training and substance abuse treatment. These services are intended to help reduce recidivism and to prepare inmates for their successful reentry into society upon their release. The Company also provides health care (including medical, dental and psychiatric services), food services and work and recreational programs.
The Company’s website address is www.correctionscorp.com. The Company makes its Form 10-K, Form 10-Q, Form 8-K, and Section 16 reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) available on its website, free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after these reports are filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company on a consolidated basis with its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all liquid debt instruments with a maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.
Restricted Cash
Restricted cash at December 31, 2005 was $11.3 million, of which $5.4 million represents cash collateral for a guarantee agreement as further described in Note 17 and $5.9 million represents cash for a capital improvements, replacements, and repairs reserve. Restricted cash at December 31,

F - 10


Table of Contents

2004 was $13.0 million, of which $7.2 million represents cash collateral for the guarantee agreement and $5.8 million represents cash for a capital improvements, replacements, and repairs reserve.
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
At December 31, 2005 and 2004, accounts receivable of $176.6 million and $154.3 million were net of allowances for doubtful accounts totaling $2.3 million and $1.4 million, respectively. Accounts receivable consist primarily of amounts due from federal, state, and local government agencies for operating and managing prisons and other correctional facilities and providing inmate residential and prisoner transportation services.
Accounts receivable are stated at estimated net realizable value. The Company recognizes allowances for doubtful accounts to ensure receivables are not overstated due to uncollectibility. Bad debt reserves are maintained for customers in the aggregate based on a variety of factors, including the length of time receivables are past due, significant one-time events and historical experience. If circumstances related to customers change, estimates of the recoverability of receivables would be further adjusted.
Investments
Investments consist of cash invested in auction rate securities held by a large financial institution. Auction rate securities have legal maturities that typically are at least twenty years, but have their interest rates reset approximately every 28-35 days under an auction system. Because liquidity in these instruments is provided from third parties (the buyers and sellers in the auction) and not the issuer, auctions may fail. In those cases, the auction rate securities remain outstanding, with their interest rate set at the maximum rate which is established in the securities. Despite the fact that auctions rarely fail, the only time the issuer must redeem an auction rate security for cash is at its maturity. Because auction rate securities are frequently re-priced, they trade in the market like short-term investments. These investments are carried at fair value, and are classified as current assets because they are available for sale and are generally available to support the Company’s current operations.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment is carried at cost. Assets acquired by the Company in conjunction with acquisitions are recorded at estimated fair market value in accordance with the purchase method of accounting. Betterments, renewals and significant repairs that extend the life of an asset are capitalized; other repair and maintenance costs are expensed. Interest is capitalized to the asset to which it relates in connection with the construction or expansion of facilities. The cost and accumulated depreciation applicable to assets retired are removed from the accounts and the gain or loss on disposition is recognized in income. Depreciation is computed over the estimated useful lives of depreciable assets using the straight-line method. Useful lives for property and equipment are as follows:
     
Land improvements
  5 – 20 years
Buildings and improvements
  5 – 50 years
Equipment
  3 – 5 years
Office furniture and fixtures
  5 years

F - 11


Table of Contents

Intangible Assets Other Than Goodwill
Intangible assets other than goodwill include contract acquisition costs, a customer list and contract values established in connection with certain business combinations. Contract acquisition costs (included in other non-current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets) and contract values (included in other non-current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets) represent the estimated fair values of the identifiable intangibles acquired in connection with mergers and acquisitions completed during 2000. Contract acquisition costs and contract values are generally amortized into amortization expense using the interest method over the lives of the related management contracts acquired, which range from three months to approximately 19 years. The customer list (included in other non-current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets), which was acquired in connection with the acquisition of a prisoner extradition company on December 31, 2002, is being amortized over seven years, which is the expected life of the customer list.
Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets Other Than Goodwill
Long-lived assets other than goodwill are reviewed for impairment when circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. For assets that are to be held and used, impairment is recognized when the estimated undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset or group of assets is less than their carrying value. If impairment exists, an adjustment is made to write the asset down to its fair value, and a loss is recorded as the difference between the carrying value and fair value. Fair values are determined based on quoted market values, discounted cash flows or internal and external appraisals, as applicable.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the cost in excess of the net assets of businesses acquired in the Company’s managed-only segment. As further discussed in Note 3, goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually using a fair-value based approach.
Investment in Direct Financing Lease
Investment in direct financing lease represents the portion of the Company’s management contract with a governmental agency that represents capitalized lease payments on buildings and equipment. The lease is accounted for using the financing method and, accordingly, the minimum lease payments to be received over the term of the lease less unearned income are capitalized as the Company’s investment in the lease. Unearned income is recognized as income over the term of the lease using the interest method.
Investment in Affiliates
Investments in affiliates that are equal to or less than 50%-owned over which the Company can exercise significant influence are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.
Debt Issuance Costs
Generally, debt issuance costs, which are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets, are capitalized and amortized into interest expense on a straight-line basis, which is not materially different than the interest method, over the term of the related debt. However, certain debt issuance costs incurred in connection with debt refinancings are charged to expense in accordance with

F - 12


Table of Contents

Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 96-19, “Debtor’s Accounting for a Modification or Exchange of Debt Instruments.”
Management and Other Revenue
The Company maintains contracts with certain governmental entities to manage their facilities for fixed per diem rates. The Company also maintains contracts with various federal, state and local governmental entities for the housing of inmates in company-owned facilities at fixed per diem rates or monthly fixed rates. These contracts usually contain expiration dates with renewal options ranging from annual to multi-year renewals. Most of these contracts have current terms that require renewal every two to five years. Additionally, most facility management contracts contain clauses that allow the government agency to terminate a contract without cause, and are generally subject to legislative appropriations. The Company generally expects to renew these contracts for periods consistent with the remaining renewal options allowed by the contracts or other reasonable extensions; however, no assurance can be given that such renewals will be obtained. Fixed monthly rate revenue is recorded in the month earned and fixed per diem revenue is recorded based on the per diem rate multiplied by the number of inmates housed during the respective period. The Company recognizes any additional management service revenues when earned. Certain of the government agencies also have the authority to audit and investigate the Company’s contracts with them. For contracts that actually or effectively provide for certain reimbursement of expenses, if the agency determines that the Company has improperly allocated costs to a specific contract, the Company may not be reimbursed for those costs and could be required to refund the amount of any such costs that have been reimbursed.
Other revenue consists primarily of revenues generated from prisoner transportation services for governmental agencies.
Rental Revenue
Rental revenue is recognized based on the terms of the Company’s leases.
Self-Funded Insurance Reserves
The Company is significantly self-insured for employee health, workers’ compensation, and automobile liability insurance claims. As such, the Company’s insurance expense is largely dependent on claims experience and the Company’s ability to control its claims experience. The Company has consistently accrued the estimated liability for employee health insurance based on its history of claims experience and time lag between the incident date and the date the cost is paid by the Company. The Company has accrued the estimated liability for workers’ compensation and automobile insurance based on a third-party actuarial valuation of the outstanding liabilities. These estimates could change in the future.
Income Taxes
Income taxes are accounted for under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS 109”). SFAS 109 generally requires the Company to record deferred income taxes for the tax effect of differences between book and tax bases of its assets and liabilities.
Deferred income taxes reflect the available net operating losses and the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Realization of the future tax benefits related to

F - 13


Table of Contents

deferred tax assets is dependent on many factors, including the Company’s past earnings history, expected future earnings, the character and jurisdiction of such earnings, unsettled circumstances that, if unfavorably resolved, would adversely affect utilization of its deferred tax assets, carryback and carryforward periods, and tax strategies that could potentially enhance the likelihood of realization of a deferred tax asset. Prior to the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company provided a valuation allowance to substantially reserve its deferred tax assets in accordance with SFAS 109. However, at December 31, 2003, the Company concluded that it was more likely than not that substantially all of its deferred tax assets would be realized. As a result, in accordance with SFAS 109, the valuation allowance applied to such deferred tax assets was reversed.
Removal of the valuation allowance resulted in a significant non-cash reduction in income tax expense. In addition, because a portion of the previously recorded valuation allowance was established to reserve certain deferred tax assets upon the acquisitions of two service companies during 2000, in accordance with SFAS 109, removal of the valuation allowance resulted in a reduction to the remaining goodwill recorded in connection with such acquisitions to the extent the reversal related to the valuation allowance applied to deferred tax assets existing at the date the service companies were acquired. In addition, removal of the valuation allowance resulted in an increase in the Company’s additional paid-in capital related to the tax benefits of exercises of employee stock options and of grants of restricted stock. The reduction to goodwill amounted to $4.5 million, while additional paid-in capital increased $2.6 million. The 2004 financial statements reflected, and future financial statements are expected to continue to reflect, a provision for income taxes at the applicable federal and state tax rates on income before taxes.
Foreign Currency Transactions
The Company has extended a working capital loan to Agecroft Prison Management, Ltd. (“APM”), the operator of a correctional facility in Salford, England previously owned by a subsidiary of the Company. The working capital loan is denominated in British pounds; consequently, the Company adjusts these receivables to the current exchange rate at each balance sheet date and recognizes the unrealized currency gain or loss in current period earnings. See Note 6 for further discussion of the Company’s relationship with APM.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
To meet the reporting requirements of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, “Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments,” the Company calculates the estimated fair value of financial instruments using quoted market prices of similar instruments or discounted cash flow techniques. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, there were no material differences between the carrying amounts and the estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments, other than as follows (in thousands):
                                 
    December 31,
    2005   2004
    Carrying           Carrying    
    Amount   Fair Value   Amount   Fair Value
Investment in direct financing lease
  $ 17,080     $ 21,926     $ 17,744     $ 22,623  
Note receivable from APM
  $ 5,428     $ 9,104     $ 6,078     $ 9,875  
Debt
  $ (975,636 )   $ (987,026 )   $ (1,002,295 )   $ (1,061,566 )
Use of Estimates in Preparation of Financial Statements
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the

F - 14


Table of Contents

reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Concentration of Credit Risks
The Company’s credit risks relate primarily to cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, investments, accounts receivable and an investment in a direct financing lease. Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash are primarily held in bank accounts and overnight investments. The Company’s investments consist of cash invested in auction rate securities held by a large financial institution. The Company’s accounts receivable and investment in direct financing lease represent amounts due primarily from governmental agencies. The Company’s financial instruments are subject to the possibility of loss in carrying value as a result of either the failure of other parties to perform according to their contractual obligations or changes in market prices that make the instruments less valuable.
The Company derives its revenues primarily from amounts earned under federal, state, and local government management contracts. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, federal correctional and detention authorities represented 39%, 38%, and 38%, respectively, of the Company’s total revenue. Federal correctional and detention authorities consist primarily of the Federal Bureau of Prisons, or BOP, the United States Marshals Service, or USMS, and the U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement, or ICE. The BOP accounted for 16%, 16%, and 17%, respectively, of total revenue for 2005, 2004, and 2003. The USMS accounted for 15%, 15%, and 14%, respectively, of total revenue for 2005, 2004, and 2003. Both the BOP and USMS have management contracts at facilities the Company owns and at facilities the Company manages but does not own. No other customer generated more than 10% of total revenue during 2005, 2004, or 2003.
Comprehensive Income
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 130, “Reporting Comprehensive Income” establishes standards for reporting and displaying comprehensive income and its components in a full set of general purpose financial statements. Comprehensive income encompasses all changes in stockholders’ equity except those arising from transactions with stockholders.
The Company reports comprehensive income in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity.
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation
Restricted Stock
The Company amortizes the fair market value of restricted stock awards over the vesting period using the straight-line method.
Other Stock-Based Compensation
On December 31, 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure” (“SFAS 148”). SFAS 148 amends Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“SFAS 123”) to provide alternative methods of transition to SFAS 123’s fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee

F - 15


Table of Contents

compensation. SFAS 148 also amends the disclosure provisions of SFAS 123 and Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 28, “Interim Financial Reporting”, to require disclosure in the summary of significant accounting policies of the effects of an entity’s accounting policy with respect to stock-based employee compensation on reported net income and earnings per share in annual and interim financial statements. While SFAS 148 does not amend SFAS 123 to require companies to account for employee stock options using the fair value method, the disclosure provisions of SFAS 148 are applicable to all companies with stock-based employee compensation, regardless of whether they account for the compensation using the fair value method of SFAS 123 or the intrinsic value method of APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”). See “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” hereafter for a description of a change in future accounting and reporting requirements for all share-based payments, including stock options.
At December 31, 2005, the Company had equity incentive plans, which are described more fully in Note 15. The Company accounts for those plans under the recognition and measurement principles of APB 25. All options granted under those plans had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant.
Effective December 30, 2005, the Company’s board of directors approved the acceleration of the vesting of outstanding options previously awarded to executive officers and employees under its Amended and Restated 1997 Employee Share Incentive Plan and its Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan. As a result of the acceleration, approximately 980,000 unvested options became exercisable, 45% of which were scheduled to vest in February 2006. All of the unvested options were “in-the-money” on the effective date of acceleration with a range of exercise prices from $15.40 to $39.50 per share.
The purpose of the accelerated vesting of stock options was to enable the Company to avoid recognizing compensation expense associated with these options in future periods as required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R, “Share Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”), described hereafter, which the Company was required to adopt on January 1, 2006. The Company expects to reduce the non-cash, pre-tax compensation expense it would otherwise be required to recognize in its financial statements by an estimated $3.8 million in 2006, $2.0 million in 2007, and $0.5 million in 2008. In order to prevent unintended benefits to the holders of these stock options, the Company imposed resale restrictions to prevent the sale of any shares acquired from the exercise of an accelerated option prior to the original vesting date of the option. The resale restrictions automatically expire upon the individual’s termination of employment. All other terms and conditions applicable to such options, including the exercise prices, remained unchanged. As a result of the acceleration, the Company recognized a non-cash, pre-tax charge of $1.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2005 for the estimated value of the stock options that would have otherwise been forfeited.
The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123 to stock-based employee compensation as well as $6.3 million of unrecognized compensation expense associated with the accelerated vesting of all stock options in 2005 (in thousands, except per share data).

F - 16


Table of Contents

                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2005     2004     2003  
 
As Reported:
                       
Income from continuing operations and after preferred stock distributions
  $ 50,564     $ 60,193     $ 125,727  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    (442 )     888       794  
 
                 
Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 50,122     $ 61,081     $ 126,521  
 
                 
 
                       
Pro Forma:
                       
Income from continuing operations and after preferred stock distributions
  $ 42,519     $ 56,181     $ 119,319  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    (442 )     888       794  
 
                 
Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 42,077     $ 57,069     $ 120,113  
 
                 
 
                       
As Reported:
                       
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 1.31     $ 1.71     $ 3.90  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    (0.01 )     0.03       0.02  
 
                 
Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 1.30     $ 1.74     $ 3.92  
 
                 
 
                       
As Reported:
                       
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 1.26     $ 1.53     $ 3.42  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    (0.01 )     0.02       0.02  
 
                 
Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 1.25     $ 1.55     $ 3.44  
 
                 
 
                       
Pro Forma:
                       
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 1.11     $ 1.60     $ 3.71  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    (0.01 )     0.03       0.02  
 
                 
Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 1.10     $ 1.63     $ 3.73  
 
                 
 
                       
Pro Forma:
                       
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 1.06     $ 1.43     $ 3.25  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    (0.01 )     0.02       0.02  
 
                 
Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 1.05     $ 1.45     $ 3.27  
 
                 
The effect of applying SFAS 123 for disclosing compensation costs under such pronouncement may not be representative of the effects on reported net income (loss) available to common stockholders for future years.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS 123R which revises SFAS 123, supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, and amends Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 95, “Statement of Cash Flows.” Generally, the approach in SFAS 123R is similar to the approach described in SFAS 123. However, SFAS 123R requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values. When adopted, pro forma disclosure will no longer be an alternative.
In accordance with the SEC’s April 2005 ruling, SFAS 123R must be adopted for annual periods that begin after June 15, 2005. Early adoption will be permitted in periods in which financial statements have not yet been issued.

F - 17


Table of Contents

SFAS 123R permits public companies to adopt its requirements using one of two methods:
  1.   A “modified prospective” method in which compensation cost is recognized beginning with the effective date (a) based on the requirements of SFAS 123R for all share-based payments granted after the effective date and (b) based on the requirements of SFAS 123 for all awards granted to employees prior to the effective date of SFAS 123R that remain unvested on the effective date.
 
  2.   A “modified retrospective” method which includes the requirements of the modified prospective method described above, but also permits entities to restate based on the amounts previously recognized under SFAS 123 for purposes of pro forma disclosures either for (a) all prior periods presented or (b) prior interim periods of the year of adoption.
The Company adopted SFAS 123R on January 1, 2006 using the “modified prospective” method.
As permitted by SFAS 123 and as previously described herein, the Company accounts for share-based payments to employees using APB 25’s intrinsic value method and, as such, recognizes no compensation cost for employee stock options, except as a result of the December 2005 accelerated vesting which resulted in a compensation charge during the fourth quarter of 2005 of approximately $1.0 million in accordance with APB 25. Accordingly, the adoption of SFAS 123R’s fair value method could have a significant impact on the Company’s results of operations, although it will have no impact on the Company’s overall financial position. The impact of adoption of SFAS 123R cannot be predicted at this time because it will depend on levels of share-based payments granted in the future. However, the impact of the standard is expected to be less than the historical pro forma impact as described in the disclosure of pro forma net income and earnings per share in the preceding caption, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” as the Company made changes in 2005 to its historical business practices with respect to awarding stock-based employee compensation. Further, the pro forma data for 2005 also includes $6.3 million of compensation expense associated with the accelerated vesting of all stock options outstanding effective December 30, 2005. See Note 15 for further discussion of stock-based employee compensation. SFAS 123R also requires the benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation cost to be reported as a financing cash flow, rather than as an operating cash flow as required under current literature. This requirement will reduce net operating cash flows and increase net financing cash flows in periods after adoption.
3. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLES
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS 142”), establishes accounting and reporting requirements for goodwill and other intangible assets. Under SFAS 142, goodwill attributable to each of the Company’s reporting units is tested for impairment by comparing the fair value of each reporting unit with its carrying value. Fair value is determined using a collaboration of various common valuation techniques, including market multiples, discounted cash flows, and replacement cost methods. These impairment tests are required to be performed at least annually. The Company performs its impairment tests during the fourth quarter, in connection with the Company’s annual budgeting process, and whenever circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable.
As a result of the expiration during the first quarter of 2003 of the Company’s contracts to manage the Okeechobee Juvenile Offender Correctional Center and the Lawrenceville Correctional Center, and the transfer of operations of the David L. Moss Criminal Justice Center to the Tulsa County Sheriff’s Office on July 1, 2005, each as further described in Note 14, the Company recognized

F - 18


Table of Contents

goodwill impairment charges of $0.3 million, $0.3 million, and $0.1 million, respectively. The charges for the Okeechobee and Lawrenceville facilities are included in income from discontinued operations, net of taxes, in the accompanying statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2003, while the charge for the David L. Moss facility is included in loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes, in the accompanying statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2005.
As a result of the Texas Department of Criminal Justice’s (“TDCJ”) decision in November 2003 to not renew the contract for the continued management of the Sanders Estes Unit upon its expiration on January 15, 2004, the Company recognized a goodwill impairment charge of $0.2 million. This charge is included in depreciation and amortization in the accompanying statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2003.
During the fourth quarter of 2005, in connection with the Company’s annual budgeting process and annual goodwill impairment analysis, the Company recognized a goodwill impairment charge of $0.2 million related to the management of the Liberty County Jail/Juvenile Center. This impairment charge resulted from recent poor operating performance combined with an unfavorable forecast of future cash flows under the current management contract. The Company is currently pursuing opportunities to change the current terms of the management contract to improve the operations of this facility, but can provide no assurance that it will be successful in doing so. This charge was computed using a discounted cash flow method and is included in depreciation and amortization in the accompanying statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2005.
The components of the Company’s other identifiable intangible assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):
                                 
    December 31, 2005     December 31, 2004  
    Gross Carrying     Accumulated     Gross Carrying     Accumulated  
    Amount     Amortization     Amount     Amortization  
Contract acquisition costs
  $ 873     $ (855 )   $ 873     $ (839 )
Customer list
    765       (328 )     765       (219 )
Contract values
    (35,688 )     19,294       (35,688 )     16,759  
 
                       
 
                               
Total
  $ (34,050 )   $ 18,111     $ (34,050 )   $ 15,701  
 
                       
Contract acquisition costs and the customer list are included in other non-current assets, and contract values are included in other non-current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Contract values are amortized using the interest method. Amortization income, net of amortization expense, for intangible assets and liabilities during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 was $4.2 million, $3.4 million and $3.4 million, respectively. Interest expense associated with the amortization of contract values for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 was $1.8 million, $2.1 million, and $2.3 million, respectively. Estimated amortization income, net of amortization expense, for the five succeeding fiscal years is as follows (in thousands):
         
2006
    $ 4,552
2007
      4,552
2008
      4,552
2009
      3,095
2010
      2,632

F - 19


Table of Contents

4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
At December 31, 2005, the Company owned 44 real estate properties, including 42 correctional, detention and juvenile facilities, three of which the Company leases to other operators, and two corporate office buildings. At December 31, 2005, the Company also managed 24 correctional and detention facilities owned by government agencies.
Property and equipment, at cost, consists of the following (in thousands):
                 
    December 31,  
    2005     2004  
 
               
Land and improvements
  $ 37,673     $ 36,165  
Buildings and improvements
    1,810,706       1,734,833  
Equipment
    126,549       94,347  
Office furniture and fixtures
    24,386       23,302  
Construction in progress
    71,627       68,032  
 
           
 
    2,070,941       1,956,679  
Less: Accumulated depreciation
    (360,147 )     (296,821 )
 
           
 
               
 
  $ 1,710,794     $ 1,659,858  
 
           
Construction in progress primarily consists of correctional facilities under construction or expansion and software under development for internal use capitalized in accordance with Statement of Position 98-1, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use.” Interest is capitalized on construction in progress in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 34, “Capitalization of Interest Cost” and amounted to $4.5 million, $5.8 million, and $0.9 million in 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.
Depreciation expense was $63.9 million, $57.8 million, and $56.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.
As of December 31, 2005, ten of the facilities owned by the Company are subject to options that allow various governmental agencies to purchase those facilities. In addition, three facilities, including two that are also subject to purchase options, are constructed on land that the Company leases from governmental agencies under ground leases. Under the terms of those ground leases, the facilities become the property of the governmental agencies upon expiration of the ground leases. The Company depreciates these properties over the shorter of the term of the applicable ground lease or the estimated useful life of the property.
During the third quarter of 2003, the Company transferred all of the Wisconsin inmates housed at its North Fork Correctional Facility located in Sayre, Oklahoma to its Diamondback Correctional Facility located in Watonga, Oklahoma in order to satisfy a contractual provision mandated by the state of Wisconsin. As a result of the transfer, North Fork Correctional Facility has remained closed. The Company is currently pursuing new management contracts and other opportunities to take advantage of the beds that became available at the North Fork Correctional Facility, but can provide no assurance that it will be successful in doing so.
During the third quarter of 2003, the Company announced its intention to complete construction of the Stewart County Correctional Facility located in Stewart County, Georgia. Construction on the 1,524-bed Stewart County Correctional Facility began in August 1999 and was suspended in May 2000. The decision to complete construction of this facility was based on anticipated demand from several government customers having a need for inmate bed capacity in the Southeast region of the

F - 20


Table of Contents

country. During October 2005, construction was completed and the facility was available for occupancy. The Company is currently pursuing new management contracts and other opportunities to take advantage of the capacity at the Stewart County Correctional Facility, but can provide no assurance that it will be successful in doing so.
A substantial portion of the Company’s real property and other assets were pledged as collateral on the Company’s Senior Bank Credit Facility, as defined in Note 11. However, as further described in Note 11, the New Revolving Credit Facility (as defined hereafter) significantly reduced the portion of assets that have been pledged as collateral, and does not contain liens on any of the Company’s real property assets.
5. FACILITY ACQUISITIONS, EXPANSIONS, AND CONSTRUCTION IN PROGRESS
In January 2003, the Company purchased the Crowley County Correctional Facility, a medium security adult male prison facility located in Olney Springs, Crowley County, Colorado, for a purchase price of $47.5 million. As part of the transaction, the Company also assumed a management contract with the state of Colorado and subsequently entered into a new contract with the state of Wyoming, and took over management of the facility effective January 18, 2003. The Company financed the purchase price through $30.0 million in borrowings under its Old Senior Bank Credit Facility, as defined in Note 11, pursuant to an expansion of the then outstanding term portion of the facility, with the balance of the purchase price satisfied with cash on hand. During September 2003, in anticipation of increasing demand from the states of Colorado and Wyoming, the Company announced its intention to expand by 594 beds the Crowley County Correctional Facility. The cost of the expansion was approximately $23.3 million and was completed during the fourth quarter of 2004.
In October 2003, the Company announced a new contract with the ICE for up to 905 detainees at its Houston Processing Center located in Houston, Texas. The Company expanded the facility to accommodate detainees under the new contract, which contains a guarantee that ICE will utilize 679 beds. The cost of the expansion was approximately $28.2 million and was substantially completed during the first quarter of 2005.
During January 2004, the Company also announced the signing of a new contract with the USMS to manage up to 800 inmates at its Leavenworth Detention Center located in Leavenworth, Kansas. To fulfill the requirements of this contract, the Company expanded the Leavenworth Detention Center. The new contract provides a guarantee that the USMS will utilize 400 beds. The cost to expand the facility was approximately $11.1 million and was completed during the fourth quarter of 2004.
During January 2004, the Company also announced its intention to expand the Florence Correctional Center located in Florence, Arizona by 224 beds. The expansion was completed during the fourth quarter of 2004 at a cost of approximately $7.0 million. The facility currently houses federal inmates as well as inmates from various state and local agencies.
During September 2005, the Company announced that Citrus County renewed its contract for the Company’s continued management of the Citrus County Detention Facility located in Lecanto, Florida. The contract has a ten-year base term with one five-year renewal option. The terms of the new agreement include a 360-bed expansion that the Company commenced during the fourth quarter of 2005 and expects to complete during the first quarter of 2007. The expansion of the facility, which is owned by the County, is currently anticipated to cost approximately $18.5 million and will be funded by the Company utilizing cash on hand. If the County terminates the management contract at any time prior to twenty years following completion of construction, the

F - 21


Table of Contents

County would be required to pay the Company an amount equal to the construction cost less an allowance for the amortization over a twenty-year period.
During February 2005, the Company announced the commencement of construction of the Red Rock Correctional Center, a new 1,596-bed correctional facility located in Eloy, Arizona. The facility will be owned and managed by the Company, and is expected to cost approximately $81.5 million. The project is slated for completion during the third quarter of 2006. The capacity at the new facility is intended primarily for the Company’s existing customers.
During February 2006, the Company announced the commencement of construction of the 1,896-bed Saguaro Correctional Facility located adjacent to the Red Rock Correctional Center. The Saguaro Correctional Facility is expected to cost approximately $100 million and be completed during the second half of 2007.
6. INVESTMENT IN AFFILIATE
The Company has determined that its joint venture in APM is a variable interest entity (“VIE”) in accordance with Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51” (“FIN 46”), of which the Company is not the primary beneficiary. The Company has a 50% ownership interest in APM, an entity holding the management contract for a correctional facility, HM Prison Forest Bank, under a 25-year prison management contract with an agency of the United Kingdom government. The Forest Bank facility, located in Salford, England, was previously constructed and owned by a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, which was sold in April 2001. All gains and losses under the joint venture are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. During 2000, the Company extended a working capital loan to APM, which totaled $5.4 million, including accrued interest, as of December 31, 2005. The outstanding working capital loan represents the Company’s maximum exposure to loss in connection with APM. APM has not been, and in accordance with FIN 46 will not be, consolidated with the Company’s financial statements.
For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, equity in loss of joint venture was $0.3 million and $0.6 million, respectively, while the Company’s equity in earnings of joint venture was $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, which is included in other (income) expense in the consolidated statements of operations. Because the Company’s investment in APM has no carrying value, equity in losses of APM are applied as a reduction to the net carrying value of the note receivable balance, which is included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
7. INVESTMENT IN DIRECT FINANCING LEASE
At December 31, 2005, the Company’s investment in a direct financing lease represents net receivables under a building and equipment lease between the Company and the District of Columbia for the D.C. Correctional Treatment Facility.

F - 22


Table of Contents

A schedule of future minimum rentals to be received under the direct financing lease in future years is as follows (in thousands):
         
2006
  $ 2,793  
2007
    2,793  
2008
    2,793  
2009
    2,793  
2010
    2,793  
Thereafter
    17,451  
 
     
Total minimum obligation
    31,416  
Less unearned interest income
    (14,336 )
Less current portion of direct financing lease
    (758 )
 
     
 
Investment in direct financing lease
  $ 16,322  
 
     
During the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Company recorded interest income of $2.1 million, $2.2 million, and $2.3 million, respectively, under this direct financing lease.
8. OTHER ASSETS
Other assets consist of the following (in thousands):
                 
    December 31,  
    2005     2004  
 
Debt issuance costs, less accumulated amortization of $8,539 and $9,773, respectively
  $ 16,138     $ 18,827  
Notes receivable, net
    4,241       4,921  
Cash surrender value of life insurance
    1,540       1,376  
Deposits
    1,375       2,326  
Customer list, less accumulated amortization of $328 and $219, respectively
    437       546  
Contract acquisition costs, less accumulated amortization of $855 and $839, respectively
    18       34  
Other
    71       114  
 
           
 
  $ 23,820     $ 28,144  
 
           
9. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES
Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):
                 
    December 31,  
    2005     2004  
 
Trade accounts payable
  $ 37,993     $ 31,775  
Accrued salaries and wages
    23,159       16,769  
Accrued workers’ compensation and auto liability
    26,756       27,168  
Accrued litigation
    13,186       16,594  
Accrued employee medical insurance
    6,860       7,212  
Accrued property taxes
    12,802       12,538  
Accrued interest
    13,814       11,745  
Other
  23,697     21,014  
 
 
  $ 158,267     $ 144,815  

F - 23


Table of Contents

10. DISTRIBUTIONS TO STOCKHOLDERS
Series A Preferred Stock
During 2004 and 2003, the Company declared and paid a cash dividend on the outstanding shares of its Series A Preferred Stock each quarter at a rate of 8% per annum of the stock’s stated value of $25.00 per share through the date the Series A Preferred Stock was redeemed. See Note 15 for further discussion of redemptions of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock during 2003 and 2004.
Quarterly distributions and the resulting tax classification for the Series A Preferred Stock distributions are as follows for the years ended December 31, 2004, and 2003:
                                         
    Record   Payment   Distribution Per           Return of
Declaration Date   Date   Date   Share   Ordinary Income   Capital
12/11/02
    12/31/02       01/15/03     $ 0.50       100.0 %     0.0 %
03/11/03
    03/31/03       04/15/03     $ 0.50       100.0 %     0.0 %
06/20/03
    06/30/03       07/15/03     $ 0.50       100.0 %     0.0 %
09/05/03
    09/30/03       10/15/03     $ 0.50       100.0 %     0.0 %
12/08/03
    12/31/03       01/15/04     $ 0.50       100.0 %     0.0 %
02/19/04
    03/19/04       03/19/04     $ 0.36       100.0 %     0.0 %
Series B Preferred Stock
The Company declared and paid a paid-in-kind dividend on the outstanding shares of its Series B Preferred Stock each quarter since the issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock in September 2000 through the third quarter of 2003 at a rate of 12% per annum of the stock’s stated value of $24.46 per share. Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2003, pursuant to the terms of the Series B Preferred Stock, the Company declared and paid a cash dividend on the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, at a rate of 12% per annum of the stock’s stated value. See Note 15 for further discussion of the tender offer for the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock during 2003 and the redemption of the remaining shares of Series B Preferred Stock during 2004.
The fair market value per share (tax basis) assigned to the shares issued as paid-in-kind, as well as cash dividends for the quarterly distributions and the resulting tax classification for the Series B Preferred Stock distributions are as follows for the years ended December 31, 2004, and 2003:
                                                 
                    Fair Market   Cash            
    Record   Payment   Value Per   Distributions           Return of
Declaration Date   Date   Date   Share   Per Share   Ordinary Income   Capital
12/11/02
    12/20/02       01/02/03     $ 24.73             100.0 %     0.0 %
03/11/03
    03/17/03       03/31/03     $ 24.83             100.0 %     0.0 %
06/09/03
    06/16/03       06/30/03     $ 25.45             100.0 %     0.0 %
09/05/03
    09/16/03       09/30/03     $ 25.37             100.0 %     0.0 %
12/08/03
    12/17/03       12/31/03     $     $ 0.7338       100.0 %     0.0 %
03/16/04
    03/23/04       03/31/04     $     $ 0.7338       100.0 %     0.0 %
05/14/04
    06/28/04       06/28/04     $     $ 0.7175       100.0 %     0.0 %
Common Stock
No quarterly distributions for common stock were made for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003. The indentures governing the Company’s senior unsecured notes limit the amount of dividends the Company can declare or pay on outstanding shares of its common stock. Taking into consideration these limitations, the Company’s management and its board of directors regularly

F - 24


Table of Contents

evaluate the merits of declaring and paying a dividend. Future dividends, if any, will depend on the Company’s future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, alternative uses of capital, and on such other factors as the board of directors of the Company consider relevant.
11. DEBT
Debt consists of the following (in thousands):
                 
    December 31,  
    2005     2004  
Senior Bank Credit Facility:
               
Term Loan E Facility, with quarterly principal payments of varying amounts with unpaid balance due in March 2008; interest payable periodically at variable interest rates. The interest rate was 6.0% and 4.4% at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
  $ 138,950     $ 270,135  
 
Revolving Loan, principal due at maturity in March 2006, interest payable periodically at variable interest rates. The interest rate was 5.9% at December 31, 2005.
    10,000        
 
9.875% Senior Notes, principal due at maturity in May 2009; interest payable semi-annually in May and November at 9.875%. These notes were paid off in connection with a tender offer for the notes in March 2005.
          250,000  
 
7.5% Senior Notes, principal due at maturity in May 2011; interest payable semi-annually in May and November at 7.5%.
    250,000       250,000  
 
7.5% Senior Notes, principal due at maturity in May 2011; interest payable semi-annually in May and November at 7.5%. These notes were issued with a $2.3 million premium, of which $1.5 million and $1.8 million was unamortized at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
    201,548       201,839  
 
6.25% Senior Notes, principal due at maturity in March 2013; interest payable semi-annually in March and September at 6.25%.
    375,000        
 
4.0% Convertible Subordinated Notes, principal due at maturity in February 2007 with call provisions beginning in March 2005; interest payable quarterly at 4.0%. These notes were converted into shares of common stock in March 2005.
          30,000  
 
Other
    138       321  
 
           
 
 
    975,636       1,002,295  
 
Less: Current portion of long-term debt
    (11,836 )     (3,182 )
 
           
 
 
  $ 963,800     $ 999,113  
 
           
Senior Indebtedness
As of December 31, 2005, the Company’s senior secured bank credit facility (the “Senior Bank Credit Facility”) was comprised of a $139.0 million term loan expiring March 31, 2008 (the “Term Loan E Facility”) and a revolving loan (the “Revolving Loan”) with a capacity of up to $125.0 million, which includes a $75.0 million subfacility for letters of credit, expiring on March 31, 2006. On April 18, 2005, the Company completed an amendment to the Senior Bank Credit Facility that resulted in a reduction to the interest rates applicable to the term loan portion from 2.25% over the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) to 1.75% over LIBOR and a reduction to the interest rates applicable to the Revolving Loan from 3.50% over LIBOR to 1.50% over LIBOR, while the fees associated with the unused portion of the Revolving Loan were reduced from 0.50% to 0.375%. The base rate margin applicable to the term loan portion was reduced to 0.75% from 1.25% and the base rate margin applicable to the Revolving Loan was reduced to 0.50% from 2.50%. In connection with this amendment, the Company prepaid $20.0 million of the term portion of the Senior Bank Credit Facility by drawing a like amount on the Revolving Loan. The

F - 25


Table of Contents

Revolving Loan was subsequently prepaid by $10.0 million during November 2005 with cash on hand. The Company reported a pre-tax charge of approximately $0.2 million during the second quarter of 2005 for the pro-rata write-off of existing deferred loan costs and third-party fees and expenses associated with the amendment.
In connection with a substantial prepayment in March 2005 with net proceeds from the issuance of the 6.25% Senior Notes (as defined hereafter), along with cash on hand, the Company amended the Senior Bank Credit Facility to permit the incurrence of additional unsecured indebtedness to be used for the purpose of purchasing, through a tender offer, the 9.875% Senior Notes (as defined hereafter), prepaying a portion of the then outstanding term loan portion of the Senior Bank Credit Facility (the “Term Loan D Facility”), and paying the related tender premium, fees, and expenses incurred in connection therewith. The tender offer for the 9.875% Senior Notes and pay-down of the Term Loan D Facility resulted in expenses associated with refinancing transactions of $35.0 million during the first quarter of 2005, consisting of a tender premium paid to the holders of the 9.875% Senior Notes who tendered their notes to the Company at a price of 111% of par, estimated fees and expenses associated with the tender offer, and the write-off of existing deferred loan costs associated with the purchase of the 9.875% Senior Notes and lump sum pay-down of the Term Loan D Facility.
During January 2006, in connection with the sale and issuance of the 6.75% Senior Notes (as defined hereafter), the Company used the net proceeds to completely pay-off the outstanding balance of the Term Loan E Facility, after repaying the remaining $10.0 million balance on the Revolving Loan in January 2006 with cash on hand. Additionally, in February 2006, the Company reached an agreement with a group of lenders to enter into a new $150.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility with a five-year term (the “New Revolving Credit Facility”). The New Revolving Credit Facility was used to replace the existing Revolving Loan, including any outstanding letters of credit issued thereunder. The Company expects to incur a pre-tax charge of approximately $1.0 million during the first quarter of 2006 for the pro-rata write-off of existing deferred loan costs associated with the issuance of the New Revolving Credit Facility and the pay-off of the Term Loan E Facility.
The New Revolving Credit Facility has a $10.0 million sublimit for swingline loans and a $100.0 million sublimit for the issuance of standby letters of credit. The Company has an option to increase the availability under the New Revolving Credit Facility by up to $100.0 million (consisting of revolving credit, term loans, or a combination of the two) subject to, among other things, the receipt of commitments for the increased amount. Interest on the New Revolving Credit Facility is based on either a base rate plus a margin ranging from 0.00% to 0.50% or a LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 0.75% to 1.50%. The applicable margin rates are subject to adjustment based on the Company’s leverage ratio. The New Revolving Credit Facility currently bears interest at a base rate plus a margin of 0.25% or a LIBOR plus a margin of 1.25%.
The Senior Bank Credit Facility was secured by liens on a substantial portion of the Company’s real property and other assets (inclusive of its domestic subsidiaries), and pledges of all of the capital stock of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries. The loans and other obligations under the facility were guaranteed by each of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries and were secured by a pledge of up to 65% of the capital stock of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries. The New Revolving Credit Facility is secured by a pledge of all of the capital stock of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries, 65% of the capital stock of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries, all of the Company’s accounts receivable, and all of the Company’s deposit accounts.
The credit agreement governing the Senior Bank Credit Facility required the Company to meet certain financial covenants, including, without limitation, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, leverage ratios and a minimum interest coverage ratio. As of December 31, 2005, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants. The New Revolving Credit Facility requires the

F - 26


Table of Contents

Company to meet certain financial covenants, including, without limitation, a maximum total leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio. In addition, the Senior Bank Credit Facility contained certain covenants which, among other things, limited both the incurrence of additional indebtedness, investments, payment of dividends, transactions with affiliates, asset sales, acquisitions, capital expenditures, mergers and consolidations, prepayments and modifications of other indebtedness, liens and encumbrances and other matters customarily restricted in such agreements. In addition, the Senior Bank Credit Facility was subject to certain cross-default provisions with terms of the Company’s other indebtedness. The New Revolving Credit Facility contains similar covenants and cross-default provisions.
$250 Million 9.875% Senior Notes. Interest on the $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 9.875% unsecured senior notes (the “9.875% Senior Notes”) accrued at the stated rate and was payable semi-annually on May 1 and November 1 of each year. The 9.875% Senior Notes were scheduled to mature on May 1, 2009. As previously described herein, all of the 9.875% Senior Notes were purchased through a tender offer by the Company during the first quarter of 2005.
$250 Million 7.5% Senior Notes. Concurrently with the common stock offering further described in Note 15, on May 7, 2003, the Company completed the sale and issuance of $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 7.5% unsecured senior notes (the “$250 Million 7.5% Senior Notes”). As further described in Note 15, proceeds from the common stock and note offerings were used to purchase shares of common stock issued upon the conversion of the Company’s $40.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes (as hereafter defined) (and to pay accrued interest on the notes through the date of purchase), to purchase shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock that were tendered in a tender offer, to redeem shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock and to pay-down a portion of the senior bank credit facility outstanding at that time (the “Old Senior Bank Credit Facility”).
Interest on the $250 Million 7.5% Senior Notes accrues at the stated rate and is payable semi-annually on May 1 and November 1 of each year. The $250 Million 7.5% Senior Notes are scheduled to mature on May 1, 2011. At any time on or before May 1, 2006, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the notes with the net proceeds of certain equity offerings, as long as 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes remains outstanding after the redemption. The Company may redeem all or a portion of the notes on or after May 1, 2007. Redemption prices are set forth in the indenture governing the $250 Million 7.5% Senior Notes. The $250 Million 7.5% Senior Notes are guaranteed on an unsecured basis by all of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries.
The sales were completed pursuant to a prospectus supplement to a universal shelf registration that was filed with the SEC and declared effective on April 30, 2003 to register up to $700.0 million of debt securities, guarantees of debt securities, preferred stock, common stock and warrants that the Company may issue from time to time.
The Company reported expenses associated with the May 2003 debt refinancing and recapitalization transactions of $2.3 million in connection with the tender offer for the Series B Preferred Stock, the redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock, and the write-off of existing deferred loan costs associated with the repayment of the term loan portions of the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility made with proceeds from the common stock and note offerings.
$200 Million 7.5% Senior Notes. On August 8, 2003, the Company completed the sale and issuance of $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 7.5% unsecured senior notes (the “$200 Million 7.5% Senior Notes”) in a private placement to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Proceeds from the note offering, along with cash on

F - 27


Table of Contents

hand, were used to pay-down $240.3 million of the then outstanding Senior Bank Credit Facility, resulting in a charge to expenses associated with refinancing transactions during the third quarter of 2003 of $1.6 million.
Interest on the $200 Million 7.5% Senior Notes accrues at the stated rate and is payable on May 1 and November 1 of each year. However, the notes were issued at a price of 101.125% of the principal amount of the notes, resulting in a premium of $2.25 million, which is amortized as a reduction to interest expense over the term of the notes. The $200 Million 7.5% Senior Notes were issued under the existing indenture and supplemental indenture governing the $250 Million 7.5% Senior Notes. On April 1, 2004, the Company filed a registration statement with the SEC, which the SEC declared effective April 19, 2004, to exchange the $200 Million 7.5% Senior Notes for a new issuance of identical debt securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
$375 Million 6.25% Senior Notes. As previously described herein, on March 23, 2005, the Company completed the sale and issuance of $375.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 6.25% unsecured senior notes (the “6.25% Senior Notes”) in a private placement to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. During April 2005, the Company filed a registration statement with the SEC, which the SEC declared effective May 4, 2005, to exchange the 6.25% Senior Notes for a new issue of identical debt securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Proceeds from the original note offering, along with cash on hand, were used to purchase, through a cash tender offer, all of the 9.875% Senior Notes, to pay-down $110.0 million of the then outstanding Term Loan D Facility portion of the Senior Bank Credit Facility, and to pay fees and expenses in connection therewith. The Company capitalized approximately $7.5 million of costs associated with the issuance of the 6.25% Senior Notes.
Interest on the 6.25% Senior Notes accrues at the stated rate and is payable on March 15 and September 15 of each year. The 6.25% Senior Notes are scheduled to mature on March 15, 2013. At any time on or before March 15, 2008, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the notes with the net proceeds of certain equity offerings, as long as 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes remains outstanding after the redemption. The Company may redeem all or a portion of the notes on or after March 15, 2009. Redemption prices are set forth in the indenture governing the 6.25% Senior Notes.
$150 Million 6.75% Senior Notes. During January 2006, the Company completed the sale and issuance of $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 6.75% unsecured senior notes (the “6.75% Senior Notes”) pursuant to a prospectus supplement under an automatically effective shelf registration statement that was filed by the Company with the SEC on January 17, 2006. The Company used the net proceeds from the sale of the 6.75% Senior Notes to prepay the $139.0 million balance outstanding on the term loan indebtedness under the Company’s Senior Bank Credit Facility, to pay fees and expenses, and for general corporate purposes. The Company expects to report a charge of $0.9 million during the first quarter of 2006 in connection with the prepayment of the term portion of the Senior Bank Credit Facility. The Company capitalized approximately $3.0 million of costs associated with the issuance of the 6.75% Senior Notes.
Interest on the 6.75% Senior Notes accrues at the stated rate and is payable on January 31 and July 31 of each year. The 6.75% Senior Notes are scheduled to mature on January 31, 2014. At any time on or before January 31, 2009, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the notes with the net proceeds of certain equity offerings, as long as 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes remains outstanding after the redemption. The Company may redeem all or a portion of the notes on or after January 31, 2010. Redemption prices are set forth in the indenture governing the 6.75% Senior Notes.

F - 28


Table of Contents

Guarantees and Covenants. In connection with the registration with the SEC of the 9.875% Senior Notes pursuant to the terms and conditions of a Registration Rights Agreement, after obtaining consent of the lenders under the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility, the Company transferred the real property and related assets of the Company (as the parent corporation) to certain of its subsidiaries effective December 27, 2002. Accordingly, the Company (as the parent corporation to its subsidiaries) has no independent assets or operations (as defined under Rule 3-10(f) of Regulation S-X). As a result of this transfer, assets with an aggregate net book value of $1.7 billion are no longer directly available to the parent corporation to satisfy the obligations under the $250 Million 7.5% Senior Notes, the $200 Million 7.5% Senior Notes, the 6.25% Senior Notes, or the newly issued 6.75% Senior Notes (collectively, “the Senior Notes”). Instead, the parent corporation must rely on distributions of the subsidiaries to satisfy its obligations under the Senior Notes. All of the parent corporation’s domestic subsidiaries, including the subsidiaries to which the assets were transferred, have provided full and unconditional guarantees of the Senior Notes. Each of the Company’s subsidiaries guaranteeing the Senior Notes are wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company; the subsidiary guarantees are full and unconditional and are joint and several obligations of the guarantors; and all non-guarantor subsidiaries are minor (as defined in Rule 3-10(h)(6) of Regulation S-X).
As of December 31, 2005, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiary guarantors had any material or significant restrictions on the Company’s ability to obtain funds from its subsidiaries by dividend or loan or to transfer assets from such subsidiaries.
The indentures governing the Senior Notes contain certain customary covenants that, subject to certain exceptions and qualifications, restrict the Company’s ability to, among other things; make restricted payments; incur additional debt or issue certain types of preferred stock; create or permit to exist certain liens; consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and enter into transactions with affiliates. In addition, if the Company sells certain assets (and generally does not use the proceeds of such sales for certain specified purposes) or experiences specific kinds of changes in control, the Company must offer to repurchase all or a portion of the Senior Notes. The offer price for the Senior Notes in connection with an asset sale would be equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, on the notes repurchased to the date of purchase. The offer price for the Senior Notes in connection with a change in control would be 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, on the notes repurchased to the date of purchase. The Senior Notes are also subject to certain cross-default provisions with the terms of the Company’s other indebtedness, as more fully described hereafter.
$30 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes
As of December 31, 2004, the Company had outstanding an aggregate of $30.0 million of convertible subordinated notes due February 28, 2007 (the “$30.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes”). Prior to May 2003, these notes accrued interest at 8% per year and were scheduled to mature February 28, 2005, subject to extension of such maturity until February 28, 2006 or February 28, 2007 by the holder. During May 2003, the Company and the holder amended the terms of the notes, reducing the interest rate to 4% per year and extending the maturity date to February 28, 2007. The amendment also extended the date on which the Company could generally require the holder to convert all or a portion of the notes into common stock to any time after February 28, 2005 from any time after February 28, 2004. As a result of these modifications, the Company reported a charge of $0.1 million during the second quarter of 2003 for the write-off of existing deferred loan costs associated with the notes.

F - 29


Table of Contents

On February 10, 2005, the Company provided notice to the holders of the $30 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes that the Company would require the holders to convert all of the notes into shares of the Company’s common stock on March 1, 2005. The conversion of the $30 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes resulted in the issuance of approximately 3.4 million shares of the Company’s common stock.
Other Debt Transactions
12% Senior Notes. Following the redemption during 2002 of all but $10.8 million of the Company’s 12% Senior Notes, during June and July 2003, pursuant to an offer to purchase the balance of the remaining 12% Senior Notes, holders of $7.7 million principal amount of the notes tendered their notes to the Company at a price of 120% of par, resulting in a charge of $1.5 million. In connection with the tender offer for the notes, the Company received sufficient consents and further amended the indenture governing the 12% Senior Notes to remove certain restrictions related to the legal defeasance of the notes and the solicitation of consents to waive or amend the terms of the indenture.
During August 2003, pursuant to the indenture relating to the 12% Senior Notes, the Company legally defeased the remaining outstanding 12% Senior Notes by depositing with a trustee an amount sufficient to pay the principal and interest on such notes through the maturity date in June 2006, and by meeting certain other conditions required under the indenture. Under the terms of the indenture, the 12% Senior Notes were deemed to have been repaid in full. As a result, the Company reported a charge of $0.9 million during the third quarter of 2003 associated with the relief of its obligation.
Letters of Credit. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company had $36.5 million and $36.7 million, respectively, in outstanding letters of credit. The letters of credit were issued to secure the Company’s workers’ compensation and general liability insurance policies, performance bonds and utility deposits. The letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2005 were provided by a sub-facility under the Senior Bank Credit Facility.
Debt Maturities
Scheduled principal payments as of December 31, 2005 (prior to the refinancing activities completed in the first quarter of 2006 as previously described herein) for the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):
         
2006
  $ 11,538  
2007
    103,250  
2008
    34,300  
2009
     
2010
     
Thereafter
    825,000  
 
     
 
       
Total principal payments
    974,088  
Unamortized bond premium
    1,548  
 
     
 
       
Total debt
  $ 975,636  
 
     

F - 30


Table of Contents

Cross-Default Provisions
The provisions of the Company’s debt agreements relating to the Senior Bank Credit Facility, the New Revolving Credit Facility, and the Senior Notes contain certain cross-default provisions. Any events of default under the Senior Bank Credit Facility or the New Revolving Credit Facility that results in the lenders’ actual acceleration of amounts outstanding thereunder also result in an event of default under the Senior Notes. Additionally, any events of default under the Senior Notes which give rise to the ability of the holders of such indebtedness to exercise their acceleration rights also result in an event of default under the Senior Bank Credit Facility or the New Revolving Credit Facility.
If the Company were to be in default under the Senior Bank Credit Facility or the New Revolving Credit Facility, and if the lenders under the Senior Bank Credit Facility or the New Revolving Credit Facility elected to exercise their rights to accelerate the Company’s obligations under the Senior Bank Credit Facility or the New Revolving Credit Facility, such events could result in the acceleration of all or a portion of the Company’s Senior Notes, which would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s liquidity and financial position. The Company does not have sufficient working capital to satisfy its debt obligations in the event of an acceleration of all or a substantial portion of the Company’s outstanding indebtedness.
12.      INCOME TAXES
The income tax expense (benefit) is comprised of the following components (in thousands):
                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2005     2004     2003  
 
Current provision (benefit)
                       
Federal
  $ 363     $ 20,508     $ (4,603 )
State
    (485 )     2,286       1,492  
 
                 
 
    (122 )     22,794       (3,111 )
 
                 
 
                       
Deferred provision (benefit)
                       
Federal
    27,286       16,666       (44,191 )
State
    (276 )     2,054       (5,050 )
 
                 
 
    27,010       18,720       (49,241 )
 
                 
 
                       
Income tax provision (benefit)
  $ 26,888     $ 41,514     $ (52,352 )
 
                 
The current income tax provisions for 2005 and 2004 and the benefit for 2003 are net of $22.2 million, $28.5 million, and $39.5 million, respectively, of tax benefits of operating loss carryforwards. The deferred income tax benefit for 2003 is net of approximately $105.5 million of tax benefits related to the reversal of the January 1, 2003 valuation allowance. Additionally, the deferred income tax benefit for 2003 includes $4.5 million that, upon reversal of the valuation allowance, reduced goodwill, and $2.6 million that, upon reversal of the valuation allowance, was credited directly to additional paid-in capital.
Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, are as follows (in thousands):

F - 31


Table of Contents

                 
    2005     2004  
 
Current deferred tax assets:
               
Asset reserves and liabilities not yet deductible for tax
  $ 21,053     $ 21,565  
Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards
    13,385       34,845  
 
           
Net current deferred tax assets
    34,438       56,410  
 
           
 
               
Current deferred tax liabilities:
               
Other
    (1,950 )      
 
           
 
               
Net total current deferred tax assets
  $ 32,488     $ 56,410  
 
           
 
               
Noncurrent deferred tax assets:
               
Asset reserves and liabilities not yet deductible for tax
    3,767       1,572  
Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards
    31,114       23,740  
Other
    11,037       9,136  
 
           
Total noncurrent deferred tax assets
    45,918       34,448  
Less valuation allowance
    (8,252 )     (6,457 )
 
           
 
               
Net noncurrent deferred tax assets
    37,666       27,991  
 
           
 
               
Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities:
               
Book over tax basis of certain assets
    (49,573 )     (41,718 )
Other
    (180 )     (405 )
 
           
Total noncurrent deferred tax liabilities
    (49,753 )     (42,123 )
 
           
 
               
Net total noncurrent deferred tax liabilities
  $ (12,087 )   $ (14,132 )
 
           
Deferred income taxes reflect the available net operating losses and the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Realization of the future tax benefits related to deferred tax assets is dependent on many factors, including the Company’s past earnings history, expected future earnings, the character and jurisdiction of such earnings, unsettled circumstances that, if unfavorably resolved, would adversely affect utilization of its deferred tax assets, carryback and carryforward periods, and tax strategies that could potentially enhance the likelihood of realization of a deferred tax asset. Prior to the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company provided a valuation allowance to substantially reserve its deferred tax assets in accordance with SFAS 109. However, at December 31, 2003, the Company concluded that it was more likely than not that substantially all of its deferred tax assets would be realized. As a result, in accordance with SFAS 109, the valuation allowance applied to such deferred tax assets was reversed.
The tax benefits associated with equity-based compensation increased current deferred tax assets by $6.9 million and $3.7 million in 2005 and 2004, respectively. Such benefits were recorded as increases to stockholders’ equity.
A reconciliation of the income tax provision (benefit) at the statutory income tax rate and the effective tax rate as a percentage of income from continuing operations before income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 is as follows:

F - 32


Table of Contents

                         
    2005     2004     2003  
 
Statutory federal rate
    35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit
    0.7       4.0       4.0  
Permanent differences
    1.9       3.2       4.9  
Change in valuation allowance
    2.3       2.1       (99.5 )
Adjustments to prior year’s tax returns
    (3.2 )     (4.4 )      
Other items, net
    (2.0 )     0.3       (3.5 )
 
                 
 
    34.7 %     40.2 %     (59.1 )%
 
                 
On March 9, 2002, the “Job Creation and Worker Assistance Act of 2002” was signed into law. Among other changes, the law extended the net operating loss carryback period to five years from two years for net operating losses arising in tax years ending in 2001 and 2002, and allowed use of net operating loss carrybacks and carryforwards to offset 100% of the alternative minimum taxable income. The Company experienced tax losses during 2002 primarily resulting from a cumulative effect of accounting change in depreciable lives of property and equipment for tax purposes, and the Company experienced tax losses during 2001 resulting primarily from the sale of assets at prices below the tax basis of such assets. Under terms of the new law, the Company utilized its net operating losses to offset taxable income generated in 1997 and 1996. As a result of this tax law change in 2002, the Company received an income tax refund of $32.2 million relating to the 2001 tax year in April 2002, and received an income tax refund of $32.1 million relating to the 2002 tax year in May 2003.
During 2003, the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) completed its field audit of the Company’s 2001 federal income tax return. During the fourth quarter of 2004, the 2001 audit results underwent a review by the Joint Committee on Taxation. Based on that review, the IRS adjusted the Company’s carryback claim by approximately $16.3 million of the aforementioned refunds previously claimed and received by the Company during 2002 and 2003. A portion of the Company’s tax loss was deemed not to be available for carryback to 1997 and 1996 due to the Company’s restructuring that occurred between 1997 and 2001. However, the Company will carry this tax loss forward to offset future taxable income. While the adjustment did not result in a loss of deductions claimed, the Company was obligated to repay the amount of the adjusted refund, plus interest of approximately $2.9 million, or $1.7 million after taxes, through December 31, 2004. These obligations were accrued in the accompanying consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2004. During 2005, the Company successfully disputed a portion of the repayment, resulting in a reduction to the repayment by approximately $1.3 million and reducing the related interest accrued during 2005. The Company’s obligations pertaining to this audit were paid in 2005.
During the fourth quarter of 2004, the Company realized a net income tax benefit of $0.5 million resulting from the implementation of tax planning strategies that are also expected to reduce the Company’s future effective tax rate. Additionally, the Company recorded an income tax benefit of $1.4 million in the third quarter of 2004 which primarily resulted from a change in estimated income taxes associated with certain financing transactions completed during 2003, partially offset by changes in the Company’s valuation allowance applied to certain deferred tax assets.
As of December 31, 2004, the Company expected to utilize its remaining federal net operating losses in 2005. However, deductible expenses associated with debt refinancing transactions completed during March 2005, as previously described, resulted in a decrease in the Company’s estimate of taxable income to be generated in 2005, such that the Company now does not expect to fully utilize its remaining federal net operating losses until 2006. Although the Company now expects to utilize its remaining federal net operating losses in 2006, the Company has approximately $11.6 million in net operating losses applicable to various states that it expects to carry forward in

F - 33


Table of Contents

future years to offset taxable income in such states. Certain of these net operating losses have begun to expire. Accordingly, the Company has a valuation allowance of $2.8 million for the estimated amount of the net operating losses that will expire unused, in addition to a $5.5 million valuation allowance related to state tax credits that are also expected to expire unused. Although the Company’s estimate of future taxable income is based on current assumptions that it believes to be reasonable, the Company’s assumptions may prove inaccurate and could change in the future, which could result in the expiration of additional net operating losses or credits.
The Company’s effective tax rate was 34.7% during 2005 compared with 40.2% during 2004. The lower effective tax rate during 2005 resulted from certain tax planning strategies implemented during the fourth quarter of 2004 that were magnified by the recognition of deductible expenses associated with the Company’s debt refinancing transactions completed during the first and second quarters of 2005. In addition, the Company also successfully pursued and recognized investment tax credits of $0.7 million during 2005. The Company’s overall effective tax rate is estimated based on the Company’s current projection of taxable income and could change in the future as a result of changes in these estimates, the implementation of additional tax strategies, changes in federal or state tax rates, or changes in state apportionment factors, as well as changes in the valuation allowance applied to the Company’s deferred tax assets that are based primarily on the amount of state net operating losses and tax credits that could expire unused.
13.      DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES
The senior bank credit facility obtained in May 2002 and in place prior to the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility (as defined in Note 11) required the Company to hedge at least $192.0 million of the term loan portions of the facility within 60 days following the closing of the loan. In May 2002, the Company entered into an interest rate cap agreement to fulfill this requirement, capping LIBOR at 5.0% (prior to the applicable spread) on outstanding balances of $200.0 million through the expiration of the cap agreement on May 20, 2004. The Company paid a premium of $1.0 million to enter into the interest rate cap agreement. The Company continued to amortize this premium as the estimated fair values assigned to each of the hedged interest payments expired throughout the term of the cap agreement, amounting to $0.6 million in 2004 and $0.4 million in 2003. The Company met the hedge accounting criteria under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS 133”) and related interpretations in accounting for the interest rate cap agreement. As a result, the interest rate cap agreement was marked to market each reporting period, and the change in the fair value of the interest rate cap agreement of $0.6 million and $0.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, was reported through other comprehensive income in the statements of stockholders’ equity until its expiration in 2004.
On May 16, 2003, 0.3 million shares of the Company’s common stock were issued, along with a $2.9 million subordinated promissory note, in connection with the final settlement of the state court portion of a stockholder litigation settlement reached during the first quarter of 2001. Under the terms of the promissory note, the note and accrued interest were extinguished in June 2003 once the average closing price of the Company’s common stock exceeded a “termination price” equal to $16.30 per share for fifteen consecutive trading days following the note’s issuance. The terms of the note, which allowed the principal balance to fluctuate dependent on the trading price of the Company’s common stock, created a derivative instrument that was valued and accounted for under the provisions of SFAS 133. The extinguishment of the note in June 2003 resulted in a $2.9 million non-cash gain during 2003.

F - 34


Table of Contents

14.      DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
Under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“SFAS 144”), the identification and classification of a facility as held for sale, or the termination of any of the Company’s management contracts by expiration or otherwise, may result in the classification of the operating results of such facility, net of taxes, as a discontinued operation, so long as the financial results can be clearly identified, and so long as the Company does not have any significant continuing involvement in the operations of the component after the disposal or termination transaction.
The results of operations, net of taxes, and the assets and liabilities of three correctional facilities and one juvenile facility, each as further described below, have been reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements as discontinued operations in accordance with SFAS 144 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003. In addition, during the first quarter of 2004, the Company received $0.6 million in proceeds from the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico as a settlement for repairs the Company previously made to a facility the Company formerly operated in Ponce, Puerto Rico. These proceeds, net of taxes, are included in 2004 as discontinued operations.
During the fourth quarter of 2002, the Company was notified by the state of Florida of its intention to not renew the Company’s contract to manage the Okeechobee Juvenile Offender Correctional Center located in Okeechobee, Florida, upon the expiration of a short-term extension to the existing management contract, which expired in December 2002. Upon expiration of the short-term extension, which occurred March 1, 2003, operation of the facility was transferred to the state of Florida.
On March 18, 2003, the Company was notified by the Department of Corrections of the Commonwealth of Virginia of its intention to not renew the Company’s contract to manage the Lawrenceville Correctional Center located in Lawrenceville, Virginia, upon the expiration of the contract, which occurred on March 22, 2003.
Due to operating losses incurred at the Southern Nevada Women’s Correctional Center, the Company elected to not renew its contract to manage the facility upon the expiration of the contract. Accordingly, the Company transferred operation of the facility to the Nevada Department of Corrections on October 1, 2004.
During March 2005, the Company received notification from the Tulsa County Commission in Oklahoma that, as a result of a contract bidding process, the County elected to have the Tulsa County Sheriff’s Office manage the 1,440-bed David L. Moss Criminal Justice Center, located in Tulsa. The Company’s contract expired on June 30, 2005. Accordingly, the Company transferred operation of the facility to the Tulsa County Sheriff’s Office on July 1, 2005.
The following table summarizes the results of operations for these facilities for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 (in thousands):

F - 35


Table of Contents

                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2005     2004     2003  
REVENUE:
                       
Managed-only
  $ 10,681     $ 28,578     $ 34,496  
 
                 
 
                       
EXPENSES:
                       
Managed-only
    11,169       27,179       33,490  
Depreciation and amortization
    186       129       1,127  
 
                 
 
    11,355       27,308       34,617  
 
                 
 
                       
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)
    (674 )     1,270       (121 )
 
                       
Other income (expense)
    15       160       (5 )
 
                 
 
                       
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES
    (659 )     1,430       (126 )
 
                       
Income tax benefit (expense)
    217       (542 )     920  
 
                 
 
                       
INCOME (LOSS) FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, NET OF TAXES
  $ (442 )   $ 888     $ 794  
 
                 
The assets and liabilities of the discontinued operations presented in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are as follows (in thousands):
                 
    December 31,  
ASSETS   2005     2004  
 
               
Accounts receivable
  $     $ 2,365  
 
           
Total current assets
          2,365  
 
               
Property and equipment, net
          152  
 
           
 
               
Total assets
  $     $ 2,517  
 
           
 
               
                 
LIABILITIES                
 
               
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
  $ 1,774     $ 2,061  
 
           
 
               
Total current liabilities
  $ 1,774     $ 2,061  
 
           
15. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Common Stock
Common Stock Offering. Concurrently with the sale and issuance of the $250 Million 7.5% Senior Notes further described in Note 11, on May 7, 2003, the Company completed the sale and issuance of 6.4 million shares of common stock at a price of $19.50 per share, resulting in net proceeds to the Company of $117.0 million after the payment of estimated costs associated with the issuance. Proceeds from the common stock and notes offerings were used to purchase shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the Company’s then outstanding $40.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes (and to pay accrued interest on the notes to the date of purchase), to purchase shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock that were tendered in a tender offer, to redeem shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, each as further described hereafter, and to pay-down a portion of the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility, as further described in Note 11. A stockholder of the Company also sold 1.2 million shares of common stock in the same offering. In

F - 36


Table of Contents

addition, the underwriters exercised an over-allotment option to purchase an additional 1.1 million shares from the selling stockholder. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholder.
The sales were completed pursuant to a prospectus supplement to a universal shelf registration that was filed with the SEC and declared effective on April 30, 2003 to register up to $700.0 million of debt securities, guarantees of debt securities, preferred stock, common stock, and warrants that the Company may issue from time to time. As a result of the common stock offering and issuance of the $250 Million 7.5% Senior Notes using the universal shelf registration and as a result of an automatically effective shelf registration statement filed in January 2006, the Company may issue an indeterminate amount of securities from time to time when the Company determines that market conditions and the opportunity to utilize the proceeds from the issuance of such securities are favorable.
Purchase of Shares of Common Stock Issuable Upon Conversion of the $40.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes. Pursuant to the terms of an agreement by and among the Company and the holders of such notes (“MDP”), immediately following the completion of the offering of common stock and the $250 Million 7.5% Senior Notes, MDP converted the $40.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes into 3.4 million shares of the Company’s common stock and subsequently sold such shares to the Company. The aggregate purchase price of the shares, inclusive of accrued interest of $15.5 million, was $81.1 million. The shares purchased were cancelled under the terms of the Company’s charter and Maryland law and now constitute authorized but unissued shares of the Company’s common stock.
Restricted shares. During 2004 and 2003, the Company issued 52,600 shares and 94,500 shares of restricted common stock, respectively, to certain of the Company’s wardens. Each of the aggregate grants was valued at $1.6 million on the date of the award. Unless earlier vested or forfeited under the terms of the restricted stock, all of the shares granted during 2003 vest during 2006, while all of the shares granted during 2004 vest during 2007.
During 2005, the Company issued 197,026 shares of restricted common stock under the Company’s 2000 Stock Incentive Plan to certain of the Company’s employees, with an aggregate value of $7.7 million, including 155,556 restricted shares to employees whose compensation is charged to general and administrative expense and 41,470 restricted shares to employees whose compensation is charged to operating expense. The employees whose compensation is charged to general and administrative expense have historically been issued stock options as opposed to restricted common stock. However, in 2005 the Company made changes to its historical business practices with respect to awarding stock-based employee compensation as a result of, among other reasons, the issuance of SFAS 123R, whereby the Company issued a combination of stock options and restricted common stock to such employees. The Company established performance-based vesting conditions on the restricted stock awarded to the Company’s officers and executive officers. Unless earlier vested under the terms of the restricted stock, 107,950 shares issued to officers and executive officers are subject to vesting over a three-year period based upon the satisfaction of certain performance criteria for the fiscal years ending December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007. No more than one third of such shares may vest in the first performance period; however, the performance criteria are cumulative for the three-year period. Unless earlier vested or forfeited under the terms of the restricted stock, the remaining 89,076 shares of restricted stock issued to certain other employees of the Company vest during 2008.
During 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Company expensed $3.0 million ($1.3 million of which was recorded in operating expenses and $1.7 million of which was recorded in general and administrative expenses), $0.9 million of operating expenses, and $0.4 million of operating

F - 37


Table of Contents

expenses, net of forfeitures, relating to the restricted common stock. As of December 31, 2005, 318,407 of these shares of restricted stock remained subject to vesting.
     Series A Preferred Stock
The Company had originally authorized 20.0 million shares of $0.01 par value non-voting preferred stock, of which 4.3 million shares are designated as Series A Preferred Stock. The Company issued 4.3 million shares of its Series A Preferred Stock on January 1, 1999 in connection with a merger completed during 1999. The shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock were redeemable at any time by the Company on or after January 30, 2003 at $25.00 per share, plus dividends accrued and unpaid to the redemption date. Shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock had no stated maturity, sinking fund provision or mandatory redemption and were not convertible into any other securities of the Company. Dividends on shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock were cumulative from the date of original issue of such shares and were payable quarterly in arrears at a fixed annual rate of 8.0%.
Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock in 2003. Immediately following consummation of the offering of common stock and the $250 Million 7.5% Senior Notes in May 2003, the Company gave notice to the holders of its outstanding Series A Preferred Stock that it would redeem 4.0 million shares of the 4.3 million shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding at a redemption price equal to $25.00 per share, plus accrued and unpaid dividends to the redemption date. The redemption was completed in June 2003.
Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock in 2004. During the first quarter of 2004, the Company completed the redemption of the remaining 0.3 million shares of Series A Preferred Stock at a redemption price equal to $25.00 per share, plus accrued and unpaid dividends through the redemption date.
     Series B Preferred Stock
In order to satisfy the real estate investment trust (“REIT”) distribution requirements with respect to its 1999 taxable year, during 2000 the Company authorized an additional 30.0 million shares of $0.01 par value preferred stock, designated 12.0 million shares of such preferred stock as non-voting Series B Preferred Stock and subsequently issued 7.5 million shares to holders of the Company’s common stock as a stock dividend.
The shares of Series B Preferred Stock issued by the Company provided for cumulative dividends payable at a rate of 12% per year of the stock’s stated value of $24.46. The dividends were payable quarterly in arrears, in additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock through the third quarter of 2003, and in cash thereafter, provided that all accrued and unpaid cash dividends were made on the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock. The shares of the Series B Preferred Stock were callable by the Company, at a price per share equal to the stated value of $24.46, plus any accrued dividends, at any time after six months following the later of (i) three years following the date of issuance or (ii) the 91st day following the redemption of the Company’s 12% Senior Notes.
Approximately 4.2 million shares of Series B Preferred Stock were converted into 9.5 million shares of common stock during two conversion periods in 2000. The remaining shares of Series B Preferred Stock, as well as additional shares issued as dividends, were not convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock.

F - 38


Table of Contents

During 2003, the Company issued 0.3 million shares of Series B Preferred Stock in satisfaction of the regular quarterly distributions. See Note 10 for further information about distributions on the Company’s shares of Series B Preferred Stock.
Series B Restricted Stock. During 2001, the Company issued 0.2 million shares of Series B Preferred Stock under two Series B Preferred Stock restricted stock plans (the “Series B Restricted Stock Plans”), which were valued at $2.0 million on the date of the award. The restricted shares of Series B Preferred Stock were granted to certain of the Company’s key employees and wardens. Under the terms of the Series B Restricted Stock Plans, the shares in the key employee plan vested in equal intervals over a three-year period expiring in May 2004, while the shares in the warden plan vested all at one time in May 2004. During the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company expensed $0.3 million and $0.6 million, net of forfeitures, respectively, relating to the Series B Restricted Stock Plans.
Tender Offer for Series B Preferred Stock. Following the completion of the offering of common stock and the $250 Million 7.5% Senior Notes in May 2003, the Company purchased 3.7 million shares of its Series B Preferred Stock for $97.4 million pursuant to the terms of a cash tender offer. The tender offer price of the Series B Preferred Stock (inclusive of all accrued and unpaid dividends) was $26.00 per share. The payment of the difference between the tender price ($26.00) and the liquidation preference ($24.46) for the shares tendered was reported as a preferred stock distribution in the second quarter of 2003.
Redemption of Series B Preferred Stock. During the second quarter of 2004, the Company completed the redemption of the remaining 1.0 million shares of its Series B Preferred Stock at the stated rate of $24.46 per share plus accrued dividends through the redemption date.
     Stock Warrants
In connection with a merger completed during 2000, the Company issued stock purchase warrants for the purchase of 213,000 shares of the Company’s common stock as partial consideration to acquire the voting common stock of the acquired entity. The warrants issued allow the holder to purchase approximately 142,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share and approximately 71,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $14.10 per share. These warrants were scheduled to expire on September 29, 2005. On May 27, 2003 and September 23, 2005, the holder of the warrants purchased approximately 142,000 shares and approximately 71,000 shares, respectively, of common stock pursuant to the warrants at an exercise price of $0.01 per share and $14.10 per share, respectively. Also, in connection with the merger completed during 2000, the Company assumed the obligation to issue warrants for the purchase of approximately 75,000 shares of its common stock, at an exercise price of $33.30 per share. The expiration date of such warrants is December 31, 2008.
Stock Option Plans
The Company has equity incentive plans under which, among other things, incentive and non-qualified stock options are granted to certain employees and non-employee directors of the Company by the compensation committee of the Company’s board of directors. The options are generally granted with exercise prices equal to the market value at the date of grant. Vesting periods for options granted to employees generally range from one to four years. Options granted to non-employee directors vest at the date of grant. The term of such options is ten years from the date of grant.

F - 39


Table of Contents

Stock option transactions relating to the Company’s incentive and non-qualified stock option plans are summarized below (in thousands, except exercise prices):
                 
            Weighted  
    Number of     average exercise  
    options     price per option  
 
               
Outstanding at December 31, 2002
    3,102     $ 20.86  
Granted
    774     $ 17.29  
Cancelled
    (84 )   $ 19.74  
Exercised
    (122 )   $ 10.43  
 
             
 
               
Outstanding at December 31, 2003
    3,670     $ 20.48  
Granted
    696     $ 30.53  
Cancelled
    (220 )   $ 25.03  
Exercised
    (346 )   $ 14.28  
 
             
 
               
Outstanding at December 31, 2004
    3,800     $ 22.63  
Granted
    324     $ 38.93  
Cancelled
    (131 )   $ 31.15  
Exercised
    (664 )   $ 12.94  
 
             
 
               
Outstanding at December 31, 2005
    3,329     $ 25.86  
 
             
The weighted average fair value of options granted during 2005, 2004, and 2003 was $13.33, $12.07, and $7.39 per option, respectively, based on the estimated fair value using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.
The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:
                         
    2005   2004   2003
 
               
Expected dividend yield
    0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %
Expected stock price volatility
    26.9 %     36.6 %     42.0 %
Risk-free interest rate
    4.1 %     3.6 %     2.8 %
Expected life of options
  6 years   6 years   6 years
As further described in Note 2, the Company’s board of directors approved the acceleration of the vesting effective December 30, 2005 of all outstanding stock options previously awarded to the Company’s executive officers and employees. Stock options outstanding at December 31, 2005, are summarized below:
                                 
            Weighted             Weighted  
    Options     average     Options     average  
    outstanding at     remaining     exercisable at     exercise price  
    December 31, 2005     contractual life     December 31, 2005     of options  
Exercise Price   (in thousands)     (in years)     (in thousands)     exercisable  
$  8.75 —   19.91
    2,063       5.97       2,063     $ 13.19  
$21.11 —   27.38
    65       7.67       65     $ 21.95  
$29.87 —   39.97
    1,002       8.14       1,002     $ 33.18  
$66.57 — 159.31
    199       1.89       199     $ 121.65  
 
                           
 
    3,329       4.91       3,329     $ 25.86  
 
                           

F - 40


Table of Contents

At the Company’s 2003 annual meeting of stockholders held in May 2003, the Company’s stockholders approved an increase in the number of shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan by 1.5 million shares raising the total to 4.0 million shares. In addition, the stockholders approved the adoption of the Company’s Non-Employee Directors’ Compensation Plan, authorizing the Company to issue up to 75,000 shares of common stock pursuant to the plan. These changes were made in order to provide the Company with adequate means to retain and attract quality directors, officers and key employees through the granting of equity incentives. As of December 31, 2005, the Company had 1.1 million shares available for issuance under the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan and another existing plan, and 70,000 shares available for issuance under the Non-Employee Directors’ Compensation Plan.
The Company has adopted the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS 123 and accounts for stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value method as prescribed in APB 25. As a result, no compensation cost has been recognized for the Company’s stock option plans under the criteria established by SFAS 123, except for $1.0 million during 2005 as a result of the accelerated vesting of outstanding options on December 30, 2005 as further discussed in Note 2. The pro forma effects on net income and earnings per share as if compensation cost for the stock option plans had been determined based on the fair value of the options at the grant date for 2005, 2004, and 2003, consistent with the provisions of SFAS 123, are disclosed in Note 2.
16.   EARNINGS PER SHARE
In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, “Earnings Per Share” (“SFAS 128”), basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in the earnings of the entity. For the Company, diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders as adjusted, by the weighted average number of common shares after considering the additional dilution related to convertible subordinated notes, shares issued under the settlement terms of the Company’s stockholder litigation, restricted common stock plans, and stock options and warrants.
A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of the basic earnings per share computation to the numerator and denominator of the diluted earnings per share computation is as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

F - 41


Table of Contents

                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2005     2004     2003  
NUMERATOR
                       
Basic:
                       
Income from continuing operations after preferred stock distributions
  $ 50,564     $ 60,193     $ 125,727  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    (442 )     888       794  
Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 50,122     $ 61,081     $ 126,521  
 
                 
 
                       
Diluted:
                       
Income from continuing operations after preferred stock distributions
  $ 50,564     $ 60,193     $ 125,727  
Interest expense applicable to convertible notes, net of taxes
    129       720       4,496  
 
                 
Diluted income from continuing operations after preferred stock distributions
    50,693       60,913       130,223  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    (442 )     888       794  
Diluted net income available to common stockholders
  $ 50,251     $ 61,801     $ 131,017  
 
                 
 
                       
DENOMINATOR
                       
Basic:
                       
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    38,475       35,059       32,245  
 
                 
 
                       
Diluted:
                       
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    38,475       35,059       32,245  
Effect of dilutive securities:
                       
Stock options and warrants
    1,149       1,301       917  
Stockholder litigation
                115  
Convertible notes
    544       3,362       4,523  
Restricted stock-based compensation
    113       58       249  
 
                 
Weighted average shares and assumed conversions
    40,281       39,780       38,049  
 
                 
 
                       
BASIC EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE:
                       
Income from continuing operations after preferred stock distributions
  $ 1.31     $ 1.71     $ 3.90  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    (0.01 )     0.03       0.02  
Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 1.30     $ 1.74     $ 3.92  
 
                 
 
                       
DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE:
                       
Income from continuing operations after preferred stock distributions
  $ 1.26     $ 1.53     $ 3.42  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    (0.01 )     0.02       0.02  
Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 1.25     $ 1.55     $ 3.44  
 
                 
17.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Legal Proceedings
General. The nature of the Company’s business results in claims and litigation alleging that it is liable for damages arising from the conduct of its employees, inmates or others. The Company maintains insurance to cover many of these claims which may mitigate the risk that any single claim would have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows, provided the claim is one for which coverage is available. The combination of self-insured retentions and deductible amounts means that, in the aggregate, the Company is subject to substantial self-insurance risk. In the opinion of management, there are no pending legal proceedings that would have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. Adversarial proceedings and litigation are, however, subject to inherent uncertainties, and unfavorable decisions and rulings could occur which

F - 42


Table of Contents

could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows for a period in which such decisions or rulings occur, or future periods.
The Company has recently been successful at settling certain legal proceedings in which the Company is involved on terms the Company believes are favorable. During 2005, the Company settled a number of outstanding legal matters for amounts less than reserves previously established for such matters, which resulted in a reduction to operating expenses of approximately $2.7 million during 2005 compared with 2004. Expenses associated with legal proceedings may fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on changes in the Company’s assumptions, new developments, or by the effectiveness of the Company’s litigation and settlement strategies. The Company’s recent success in settling outstanding claims at amounts less than previously reserved is not likely to be sustained for the long-term and it is possible that future cash flows and results of operations could be adversely affected by increases in expenses associated with legal matters in which the Company becomes involved.
Insurance Contingencies
Each of the Company’s management contracts and the statutes of certain states require the maintenance of insurance. The Company maintains various insurance policies including employee health, workers’ compensation, automobile liability, and general liability insurance. These policies are fixed premium policies with various deductible amounts that are self-funded by the Company. Reserves are provided for estimated incurred claims within the deductible amounts.
Income Tax Contingencies
In July 2005, the FASB issued an exposure draft of a proposed interpretation of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS 109”) that would address the accounting for uncertain tax positions. The FASB currently expects to issue the final interpretation during the first quarter of 2006. The Company cannot predict what actions the FASB will take or how any such actions might ultimately affect the Company’s financial position or results of operations, but such changes could have a material impact on the Company’s evaluation and recognition of its uncertain tax positions.
Guarantees
Hardeman County Correctional Facilities Corporation (“HCCFC”) is a nonprofit, mutual benefit corporation organized under the Tennessee Nonprofit Corporation Act on November 17, 1995 to purchase, construct, improve, equip, finance, own and manage a detention facility located in Hardeman County, Tennessee. HCCFC was created as an instrumentality of Hardeman County to implement the County’s incarceration agreement with the state of Tennessee to house certain inmates.
During 1997, HCCFC issued $72.7 million of revenue bonds, which were primarily used for the construction of a 2,016-bed medium security correctional facility. In addition, HCCFC entered into a construction and management agreement with the Company in order to assure the timely and coordinated acquisition, construction, development, marketing and operation of the correctional facility.
HCCFC leases the correctional facility to Hardeman County in exchange for all revenue from the operation of the facility. HCCFC has, in turn, entered into a management agreement with the Company for the correctional facility.

F - 43


Table of Contents

In connection with the issuance of the revenue bonds, the Company is obligated, under a debt service deficit agreement, to pay the trustee of the bond’s trust indenture (the “Trustee”) amounts necessary to pay any debt service deficits consisting of principal and interest requirements (outstanding principal balance of $54.4 million at December 31, 2005 plus future interest payments), if there is any default. In addition, in the event the state of Tennessee, which is currently utilizing the facility to house certain inmates, exercises its option to purchase the correctional facility, the Company is also obligated to pay the difference between principal and interest owed on the bonds on the date set for the redemption of the bonds and amounts paid by the state of Tennessee for the facility plus all other funds on deposit with the Trustee and available for redemption of the bonds. Ownership of the facility reverts to the state of Tennessee in 2017 at no cost. Therefore, the Company does not currently believe the state of Tennessee will exercise its option to purchase the facility. At December 31, 2005, the outstanding principal balance of the bonds exceeded the purchase price option by $12.6 million. The Company also maintains a restricted cash account of $5.4 million as collateral against a guarantee it has provided for a forward purchase agreement related to the bond issuance.
Retirement Plan
All employees of the Company are eligible to participate in the Corrections Corporation of America 401(k) Savings and Retirement Plan (the “Plan”) upon reaching age 18 and completing one year of qualified service. Eligible employees may contribute up to 90% of their eligible compensation subject to IRS limitations. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Company provided a discretionary matching contribution equal to 100% of the employee’s contributions up to 5% of the employee’s eligible compensation to employees with at least one thousand hours of employment in the plan year, and who were employed by the Company on the last day of the plan year. Employer contributions and investment earnings or losses thereon become vested 20% after two years of service, 40% after three years of service, 80% after four years of service, and 100% after five or more years of service.
During the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Company’s discretionary contributions to the Plan, net of forfeitures, were $6.8 million, $6.0 million, and $4.7 million, respectively.
Deferred Compensation Plans
During 2002, the compensation committee of the board of directors approved the Company’s adoption of two non-qualified deferred compensation plans (the “Deferred Compensation Plans”) for non-employee directors and for certain senior executives that elect not to participate in the Company’s 401(k) Plan. The Deferred Compensation Plans are unfunded plans maintained for the purpose of providing the Company’s directors and certain of its senior executives the opportunity to defer a portion of their compensation. Under the terms of the Deferred Compensation Plans, certain senior executives may elect to contribute on a pre-tax basis up to 50% of their base salary and up to 100% of their cash bonus, and non-employee directors may elect to contribute on a pre-tax basis up to 100% of their director retainer and meeting fees. The Company matches 100% of employee contributions up to 5% of total cash compensation. The Company also contributes a fixed rate of return on balances in the Deferred Compensation Plans, determined at the beginning of each plan year. Matching contributions and investment earnings thereon vest over a three-year period from the date of each contribution. Vesting provisions of the Plan were amended effective January 1, 2005 to conform with the vesting provisions of the Company’s 401(k) Plan for all matching contributions beginning in 2005. Distributions are generally payable no earlier than five years subsequent to the date an individual becomes a participant in the Plan, or upon termination of employment (or the date a director ceases to serve as a director of the Company), at the election of

F - 44


Table of Contents

the participant, but not later than the fifteenth day of the month following the month the individual attains age 65.
During 2005, 2004 and 2003, the Company provided a fixed return of 7.5%, 7.7% and 8.2%, respectively, to participants in the Deferred Compensation Plans. The Company has purchased life insurance policies on the lives of certain employees of the Company, which are intended to fund distributions from the Deferred Compensation Plans. The Company is the sole beneficiary of such policies. At the inception of the Deferred Compensation Plans, the Company established an irrevocable Rabbi Trust to secure the plans’ obligations. However, assets in the Deferred Compensation Plans are subject to creditor claims in the event of bankruptcy. During 2005, 2004 and 2003, the Company recorded $194,000, $162,000 and $184,000, respectively, of matching contributions as general and administrative expense associated with the Deferred Compensation Plans. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company’s liability related to the Deferred Compensation Plans was $2.4 million and $1.6 million, respectively, which was reflected in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities in the accompanying balance sheets.
Employment and Severance Agreements
The Company currently has employment agreements with several of its executive officers, which provide for the payment of certain severance amounts upon an event of termination or change of control, as further defined in the agreements.
18.   SEGMENT REPORTING
As of December 31, 2005, the Company owned and managed 39 correctional and detention facilities, and managed 24 correctional and detention facilities it does not own. Management views the Company’s operating results in two reportable segments: owned and managed correctional and detention facilities and managed-only correctional and detention facilities. The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in Note 2. Owned and managed facilities include the operating results of those facilities owned and managed by the Company. Managed-only facilities include the operating results of those facilities owned by a third party and managed by the Company. The Company measures the operating performance of each facility within the above two reportable segments, without differentiation, based on facility contribution. The Company defines facility contribution as a facility’s operating income or loss from operations before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. Since each of the Company’s facilities within the two reportable segments exhibit similar economic characteristics, provide similar services to governmental agencies, and operate under a similar set of operating procedures and regulatory guidelines, the facilities within the identified segments have been aggregated and reported as one reportable segment.
The revenue and facility contribution for the reportable segments and a reconciliation to the Company’s operating income is as follows for the three years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 (in thousands):

F - 45


Table of Contents

                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2005     2004     2003  
 
Revenue:
                       
Owned and managed
  $ 840,800     $ 787,397     $ 732,465  
Managed-only
    333,051       315,633       252,394  
 
                 
Total management revenue
    1,173,851       1,103,030       984,859  
 
                 
 
                       
Operating expenses:
                       
Owned and managed
    598,786       563,058       523,202  
Managed-only
    278,650       261,609       202,706  
 
                 
Total operating expenses
    877,436       824,667       725,908  
 
                 
 
                       
Facility contribution:
                       
Owned and managed
    242,014       224,339       209,263  
Managed-only
    54,401       54,024       49,688  
 
                 
Total facility contribution
    296,415       278,363       258,951  
 
                 
 
                       
Other revenue (expense):
                       
Rental and other revenue
    18,789       23,357       22,748  
Other operating expense
    (21,357 )     (25,699 )     (21,892 )
General and administrative expense
    (57,053 )     (48,186 )     (40,467 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (59,882 )     (54,445 )     (52,884 )
 
                 
Operating income
  $ 176,912     $ 173,390     $ 166,456  
 
                 
     The following table summarizes capital expenditures for the reportable segments for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 (in thousands):
                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2005     2004     2003  
Capital expenditures:
                       
Owned and managed
  $ 90,515     $ 84,691     $ 60,523  
Managed-only
    5,288       5,137       2,722  
Corporate and other
    19,292       40,899       28,843  
Discontinued operations
          44       107  
 
                 
Total capital expenditures
  $ 115,095     $ 130,771     $ 92,195  
 
                 
     The assets for the reportable segments are as follows (in thousands):
                 
    December 31,  
    2005     2004  
Assets:
               
Owned and managed
  $ 1,672,941     $ 1,672,463  
Managed-only
    92,101       80,438  
Corporate and other
    321,271       267,660  
Discontinued operations
          2,517  
 
           
Total assets
  $ 2,086,313     $ 2,023,078  
 
           
19.   SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
    During February 2006, the Company issued 161,256 shares of restricted common stock to the Company’s employees, with an aggregate value of $6.9 million. Unless earlier vested under the terms of the restricted stock, 81,587 shares issued to officers and executive officers are subject to vesting over a three year period based upon satisfaction of certain performance criteria for the fiscal years ending December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008. No more than one third of such shares may vest in the first performance period; however, the performance criteria are cumulative for the three year period. Unless earlier vested under the terms of the restricted stock, the remaining 79,669 shares of restricted stock issued to certain other employees of the Company vest during 2009.

F - 46


Table of Contents

20.   SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
 
    Selected quarterly financial information for each of the quarters in the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 is as follows (in thousands, except per share data):
                                 
    March 31,   June 30,   September 30,   December 31,
    2005   2005   2005   2005
 
Revenue (1)
  $ 280,887     $ 290,189     $ 304,367     $ 317,197  
Operating income (1)
    39,562       38,225       48,694       50,431  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes (1)
    (620 )     427             (249 )
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
    (8,939 )     14,863       20,793       23,405  
 
                               
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
                               
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
  $ (0.24 )   $ 0.38     $ 0.53     $ 0.59  
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
                               
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
  $ (0.24 )   $ 0.37     $ 0.52     $ 0.58  
 
(1)   The amounts presented for the first two quarters of 2005 are not equal to the same amounts previously reported in Form 10-Q for each period as a result of discontinued operations. Below is a reconciliation to the amounts previously reported in Form 10-Q:
                 
    March 31,     June 30,  
    2005     2005  
 
Total revenue previously reported
  $ 285,930     $ 295,827  
Discontinued operations
    (5,043 )     (5,638 )
 
           
Revised total revenue
  $ 280,887     $ 290,189  
 
           
 
               
Operating income previously reported
  $ 38,610     $ 38,868  
Discontinued operations
    952       (643 )
 
           
Revised operating income
  $ 39,562     $ 38,225  
 
           
 
               
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
  $     $  
Additional discontinued operations subsequent to the respective reporting period
    (620 )     427  
 
           
Revised income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
  $ (620 )   $ 427  
 
           

F - 47


Table of Contents

                                 
    March 31,   June 30,   September 30,   December 31,
    2004   2004   2004   2004
Revenue
  $ 271,187     $ 281,901     $ 284,804     $ 288,495  
Operating income
    42,447       43,606       42,473       44,864  
Income tax expense
    (9,894 )     (10,749 )     (8,769 )(2)     (12,102 )(3)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    343       189       374       (18 )
Net income available to common stockholders
    14,370       14,776       17,008       14,927  
 
                               
 
                               
Basic earnings per share:
                               
Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 0.41     $ 0.42     $ 0.49     $ 0.42  
Diluted earnings per share:
                               
Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 0.37     $ 0.38     $ 0.43     $ 0.38  
 
(2)   Financial results for the third quarter of 2004 included income tax benefits netting $0.03 per diluted share primarily resulting from a change in estimated income taxes associated with certain financing transactions completed during 2003.
 
(3)   Financial results for the fourth quarter of 2004 included income tax charges netting $0.03 per diluted share related to an assessment by the Internal Revenue Service of taxes associated with prior refunds received by the Company during 2002 and 2003, partially offset by a net income tax benefit for the implementation of tax planning strategies that con- tributed to a reduction in the Company’s effective tax rate in 2005.

F - 48

EXHIBIT 10.7 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated as of December 31, 1998, is made by and between CORRECTIONAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES CORPORATION, a Tennessee corporation (together with its successors, the "Company"), and CFE, INC., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, "CFE"). W I T N E S S E T H : WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain fee letter, dated as of December 28, 1998, among the Company, Corrections Corporation of America and General Electric Capital Corporation, the Company has agreed to issue and sell to CFE the Warrants to purchase shares of its Common Stock (capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in Article I hereof); and WHEREAS, the Company and CFE deem it to be in their respective best interests to enter into this Agreement to provide certain rights to CFE in connection with the Warrants and the Stock; NOW, THEREFORE, to implement the foregoing and in consideration of the mutual terms, conditions and covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows: ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS Section 1.1 Defined Term. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Credit Agreement. The following terms shall have the following meanings: "Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of (i) an acquisition after the date hereof by an individual or legal entity or "group" (as described in Rule 13d-5(b)(l) promulgated under the Exchange Act), not affiliated with the Company for at least twelve months prior to December 31, 1998, of 25% or more of the outstanding securities of the Company, (ii) a sale or other disposition via a single transaction or series of transactions by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (iii) the merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, if the stockholders of the Company immediately before such merger or consolidation do not own, directly or indirectly, immediately following such merger or consolidation, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the resulting outstanding voting securities in substantially the same proportion as their pre-merger or pre-consolidation ownership, or (iv) the execution by the Company of an agreement to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound, providing for any of the events set forth above in (i), (ii) or (iii). "Common Stock" means the Company's Class A Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share. 1

"Credit Agreement" means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Company, the other Persons signatory thereto as Credit Parties, the Persons signatory thereto as Lenders and General Electric Capital Corporation, as agent for Lenders, as such agreement may from time to time be amended, modified or supplemented in accordance with its terms. "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar federal statute then in effect. "Initial Public Offering" means the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Common Stock or any other class of the Company's Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. "Majority Holders" means on any date the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities on such date. "Public Offering" means any primary or secondary public offering of the Common Stock or any other class of the Company's Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor or similar form. "Registrable Securities" shall mean (a) all shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of any Warrant and (b) any securities issued or issuable by the Company with respect to shares of Common Stock or other Stock referred to in the foregoing clause (a) by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination or subdivision of shares, reclassification, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company; provided, however, that as to any particular Registrable Securities that have been issued, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (i) a registration statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been disposed of under such registration statement, (ii) they shall have been distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144, (iii) they shall have been otherwise transferred or disposed of, and new certificates therefor not bearing a legend restricting further transfer shall have been delivered by the Company, and subsequent transfer or disposition of them shall not require their registration or qualification under the Securities Act or any similar state law then in force, or (iv) they shall have ceased to be outstanding. For the purposes of Article II hereof, the holder of any Warrant or other Stock referred to in clause (a) of the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be a holder of the Registrable Securities issuable upon exercise. exchange or conversion of such Warrant or other Stock, and such Registrable Securities shall be deemed to be issued and outstanding. "Registration Expenses" shall mean any and all expenses incident to the Company's performance of or compliance with Article II hereof, including, without limitation, all registration, qualification and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, listing fees, fees and disbursements of legal counsel for the Company, fees and disbursements of legal counsel for the holders of Registrable Securities, Blue Sky fees and expenses (including the reasonable fees and 2

disbursements of underwriters' counsel in connection with Blue Sky qualifications and filings), fees and expenses of the transfer agent and registrar for the Registrable Securities and the fees and expenses of any special audits and/or "cold comfort" letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and applicable transfer and documentary stamp taxes, if any, which shall be borne by the seller of the securities in all cases. "Rule 144" means Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time. "SEC" means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, and any successor agency or governmental body. "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal statute then in effect. "Stock" means any capital stock of the Company or other securities convertible into or exchangeable therefor, including warrants, options or other rights to acquire capital stock or any interest therein. "Underwritten Offering" means any public offering of securities distributed by means of a firm commitment underwriting. "Warrants" means the Warrants, dated December 31, 1998, issued by the Company to CFE to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Company and any other warrants of like tenor issued in substitution or exchange for any thereof. Section 1.2 Other Definitional Provisions. The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms, and words of the masculine gender shall mean and include correlative words of the feminine and neuter genders. The words "hereof", "herein" and "hereunder" and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision. References herein to any Section or subsection are to the corresponding Section or subsection to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any headings preceding the texts of the several Sections and subsections of this Agreement are solely for convenience of reference and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement nor in any way define, limit or extend the scope or otherwise affect the meaning thereof. ARTICLE II. REGISTRATION RIGHTS Section 2.1 Demand Registration Rights. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, at any time, and from time to time, after the earlier of (i) the date on which the Initial Public Offering has been declared effective by the SEC, (ii) December 31, 2001, (iii) a Change of Control of the Company and (iv) the Termination Date, the Majority Holders may request (such requesting holders are referred to herein as the "Requesting Holders") that the Company effect the registration under the Securities Act of all or part of such holders' 3

Registrable Securities on Form S-1 or any similar long-form registration ("Long Form Registration") or, if available, on Form S-2 or S-3 or any similar short-form registration ("Short Form Registration") (all Long Form Registrations and Short Form Registrations requested pursuant to this Section 2.1(a) are referred to herein as "Demand Registrations"). Each such request for registrations shall specify the approximate number of Registrable Securities requested to be registered, and may at the election of the Requesting Holders specify the intended method or methods of disposition thereof (which may include, without limitation, a "shelf" offering pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, or an Underwritten Offering). Within 10 days after receipt of such request, the Company will give written notice of such requested registration to all other holders of Registrable Securities, and, subject to the provisions of Section 2.1(e) hereof, will include in such registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within 20 days after the receipt of the Company's notice; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to file a registration statement relating to any Demand Registration under this Section 2.1(a) within a period of 180 days after the effective date of any registration statement filed by the Company with respect to which the holder of the Warrants (or shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise thereof) shall have been afforded the opportunity to register all of its Registrable Securities in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2 hereof. (b) The holders of Registrable Securities will be entitled to request one Long Form Registration and two Short Form Registrations. Demand Registrations will be Short Form Registrations whenever the Company is permitted to use any applicable short form. Once the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Company will use its best efforts to make Short Form Registrations available for the sale of Registrable Securities. The Company will pay all Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any Demand Registration. A registration will not count as the permitted Long Form Registration unless and until it has become effective, and unless the Requesting Holders shall have been able to register and sell at least 75% of the Registrable Securities initially requested to be registered pursuant thereto; provided that in any event the Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration initiated as a Demand Registration whether or not it has become effective. (c) A registration requested pursuant to this Section 2.1 will not be deemed to have been effected unless it has become effective under the Securities Act; provided that if after a registration has become so effective, the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration is terminated, suspended or interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or other governmental agency or court, such registration will be deemed not to have been effected. (d) If the Requesting Holders so elect, the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to any Demand Registration will be an Underwritten Offering. In the case of any Demand Registration which involves an Underwritten Offering, the Company shall have the right to select the investment banker (or investment bankers) that shall manage the offering (collectively. the "managing underwriter"), subject to the consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being so registered which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 4

(e) Except with the prior written consent of the Requesting Holders, the Company will include in a Demand Registration only (i) Registrable Securities, (ii) authorized but unissued or treasury shares of Common Stock which the Company desires to issue and sell ("Company Securities"), and (iii) other outstanding shares of Common Stock which the Company shall have been requested to register ("Other Securities"); provided that if a Demand Registration involves an Underwritten Offering and the managing underwriter advises the Company that, in its opinion, the number of securities proposed to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities which can be sold therein without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering, then the Company will promptly so advise each holder of Registrable Securities that has requested registration, and will include in such registration: first, Registrable Securities requested to be so included by such holders, allocated pro rata among such holders based on the number of Registrable Securities with respect to which each such holder has requested registration; and second, Company Securities which the Company desires to include in such registration; and third, Other Securities requested to be included in such registrations, allocated pro rata among the holders thereof based on the number of such Other Securities with respect to which such holder has requested registration; until the aggregate number of securities included in such Demand Registration is equal to the number thereof that, in the opinion of such managing underwriter, can be sold without adversely affecting the marketability thereof. Section 2.2 Piggyback Registration Rights. (a) If the Company at any time proposes to register under the Securities Act any shares of its Common Stock now or hereafter authorized, other than a registration on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor form and other than pursuant to a registration under Section 2.1 hereof, whether for sale for its own account or for the account of any other selling stockholder, on a form and in a manner that would permit registration of Registrable Securities for sale to the public under the Securities Act, it will give written notice to all the holders of Registrable Securities promptly, and in any event no later than 30 days (10 days if the registration is a Short Form Registration) before the initial filing with the SEC of a registration statement, of its intention to do so, describing such securities and specifying the form and manner and the other relevant facts involved in such proposed registration (including, without limitation (i) whether or not such registration will be in connection with an underwritten offering of securities and, if so, the identity of the managing underwriter and whether such offering will be pursuant to a "best efforts" or "firm commitment" underwriting, (ii) the price at which such securities are reasonably expected to be sold to the public, and (iii) the amount of the underwriting discount reasonably expected to be incurred in connection therewith). Upon the written request of any such holder delivered to the Company within 20 days (10 days if the registration is a Short Form Registration) after the receipt of any such notice (which request shall specify the Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such holder and the intended method of disposition thereon), the Company will (subject to the provisions of Section 2.2(c) hereof) include in such registration all of the Registrable Securities that the Company has been so requested to register; provided, however, that if, at any time after giving such written notice of its intention to register any securities and prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration, the Company shall determine for any reason not to proceed with such registration, the Company may at its election give written notice of such determination to each holder of Registrable Securities who made a request as hereinabove provided and thereupon the Company shall be relieved of its registration obligations (but not from its obligation to pay Registration Expenses in connection therewith). No registration 5

effected under this Section. 2.2 shall relieve the Company of its obligation to effect Demand Registrations under Section 2.1 hereof. (b) The Registration Expenses incurred in connection with each registration of Registrable Securities requested pursuant to this Section 2.2 shall be paid by the Company. (c) If a registration of Other Securities pursuant to this Section 2.2 involves an Underwritten Offering and the managing underwriter advises the Company that, in its opinion, the number of securities proposed to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities which can be sold therein without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering, then the Company will promptly so advise each holder of Registrable Securities that has requested registration, and will include in such registration: first, Other Securities requested to be so included by such holders, allocated pro rata among such holders based on the number of Other Securities with respect to which each such holder has requested registration; and second, Company Securities which the Company desires to include in such registration; and third, Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registrations, allocated pro rata among the holders thereof based on the number of such Registrable Securities with respect to which such holder has requested registration; until the aggregate number of securities included in such registration is equal to the number thereof that, in the opinion of such managing underwriter, can be sold without adversely affecting the marketability thereof. (d) If a registration of Company Securities pursuant to this Section 2.2 involves an Underwritten Offering and the managing underwriter advises the Company that, in its opinion, the number of securities proposed to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities which can be sold therein without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering, then the Company will promptly so advise each holder of Registrable Securities that has requested registration, and will include in such registration: first, Company Securities which the Company desires to include in such registration; and second, Registrable Securities and Other Securities requested to be included therein, allocated pro rata among the holders of such Registrable Securities or Other Securities, as the case may be, based on the number of Registrable Securities or Other Securities with respect to which each such holder has requested registration, in each case until the aggregate number of securities included in such registration is equal to the number thereof that, in the opinion of such managing underwriter, can be sold without adversely affecting the marketability thereof. Section 2.3 Registration Procedures. (a) Whenever any holders of Registrable Securities have requested that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.2 hereof (subject to the applicable terms and conditions contained therein), the Company will use its best efforts to effect the registration of such securities under the Securities Act and the sale thereof in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, and in connection therewith the Company will, as expeditiously as possible: (i) prepare and, in any event within 90 days after the end of the period within which requests for registration may be given to the Company, file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and cause such registration statement to become and remain effective until the earlier of (A) six months or, if such registration statement relates to an Underwritten Offering, such longer period 6

as in the opinion of counsel for the underwriters a prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer, or (B) such shorter period as is required to complete the distribution of all of the securities covered by such registration statement (but in any event not before the expiration of any longer period required under the Securities Act); (ii) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments (including post-effective amendments) and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement; (iii) prior to filing with the SEC any such registration statement, prospectus, or amendment or supplement thereto, furnish copies thereof to counsel for the sellers of Registrable Securities under such registration statement, which documents will be subject to review by such counsel; (iv) furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement and to each underwriter, if any, of such Registrable Securities, such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus) and such other documents as such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller; (v) use its best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as each seller shall reasonably request, and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller in such jurisdictions, except that the Company shall not be requited (A) to qualify to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction where, but for the requirements of this Section 2.3(a), it is not then so qualified, (B) to subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction, or (C) to take any action which would subject it to service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject; (vi) use its best efforts to cause such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be registered or qualified with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities (including, without limitation, state securities commissions) as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities; (vii) immediately notify each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, if the Company becomes aware that the prospectus 7

included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, and, at the request of any such seller, deliver a reasonable number of copies of an amended or supplemental prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing; (viii) cause all Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or, if not so listed, to be listed on NASDAQ or such other national securities exchange as the managing underwriter of such offering may designate; (ix) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such registration statement; (x) enter into such customary agreements (including underwriting agreements in customary form) and take all such other actions as the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (including participating in "road shows" and engaging in other customary marketing efforts); (xi) make available for inspection by any seller of Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause the Company's officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement; (xii) otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and make generally available to its security holders, in each case as soon as practicable but in no event later than 45 days after the close of the period covered thereby (or 90 days in case the period covered corresponds to a fiscal year of the Company), an earnings statement of the Company which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act; (xiii) immediately notify each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement in the event of the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement, or of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or suspending the qualification of any Registrable Securities included in such registration statement for sale in any jurisdiction, and use its best efforts promptly to obtain the withdrawal of such order; 8

(xiv) obtain and furnish a "cold comfort" letter, dated the effective date of such registration statement (and, if such registration involves an Underwritten Offering, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement), signed by the Company's independent public accountants, in customary form and covering such matters as are customarily covered by comfort letters by independent public accountants in such public offerings and such other financial matters as the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold may reasonably request; and (xv) furnish a legal opinion of the Company's counsel, dated the effective date of such registration statement (and, if such registration involves an Underwritten Offering, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement), with respect to the registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included therein (including the preliminary prospectus) and other documents relating thereto, in customary form and covering such matters as are customarily covered by legal opinions of issuers' counsel in such public offerings and such other legal matters as the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold may reasonably request. (b) It shall be a condition precedent to the obligation of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2.3 in respect of Registrable Securities that the holders requesting registration thereof shall furnish to the Company such information regarding the Registrable Securities held by such holder and the intended method of disposition thereof as the Company shall reasonably request and as shall be required in connection with the action taken by the Company; provided, however, that the failure of any holder of Registrable Securities to furnish such information shall not affect the obligations of the Company pursuant to this Section 2.3 with respect to any holder of Registrable Securities who furnishes such information to the Company. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, no holder of Registrable Securities shall be required to furnish any information or make any representations or warranties to the Company or the underwriters other than representations and warranties contained in a writing furnished by such holder expressly for use in the registration statement to be filed in connection with such registration solely with regard to such holder's identity, its ownership of securities of the Company, the class and number of such securities it intends to include in such offering, its intended method of distribution, other information pertinent to such holder in its capacity as a selling holder, and any other information with respect to such holder required by law to be disclosed in such registration statement. (c) If a registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.2 involves an Underwritten Offering: (i) The right of any holder of Registrable Securities to such registration shall be conditioned upon such holder's participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such holder's Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. The holders of Registrable Securities to be distributed by the underwriters thereof shall be parties to the underwriting agreement between the Company and such underwriters and may, at their option, require that any or all of the representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such underwriters shall also be made to and for the benefit of 9

such holders of Registrable Securities and that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement be conditions precedent to the obligations of such holders of Registrable Securities. No such holder of Registrable Securities shall be required to make any representations or warranties to, or agree to any indemnities or contribution provisions with, the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties, indemnities and contribution provisions with respect to information required to be furnished by such holder in writing pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section 2.3. (ii) Each holder of Registrable Securities included in such registration agrees not to sell, grant any option to purchase, acquire any option to sell, make any short sale of or otherwise dispose of or reduce its investment risk in any securities of the Company (other than as part of such Underwritten Offering), without the consent of the managing underwriter, for a period of 180 days, with respect to the Initial Public Offering, or a period of 30 days in all other cases (or such lesser number as the managing underwriter shall designate) after the effective date of such registration. At the request of the managing underwriter, each such holder of Registrable Securities shall execute a separate agreement with such managing underwriter to the foregoing effect. (iii) The Company agrees, if so required by the managing underwriter, not to effect any sale or distribution any of its equity or debt securities, as the case may be, or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of such equity or debt securities, as the case may be, (other than as part of such Underwritten Offering) for a period of 180 days, with respect to the Initial Public Offering, or a period of 30 days in all other cases after the effective date of such registration, except in connection with a stock option plan, stock purchase plan, dividend reinvestment plan, savings or similar plan. (iv) Any holder of Registrable Securities requesting to be included in such registration may elect, in writing, prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration, not to register such securities in connection with such registration. Section 2.4 Sale of Warrants to Underwriters. In the case of any offering subject to the provisions of Section 2.1 or 2.2 hereof which is an Underwritten Offering, in lieu of exercising any Warrant prior to or simultaneously with the filing or the effectiveness of any registration statement filed in connection therewith, the holder of such Warrant may sell such Warrant to the underwriter or underwriters of the offering being registered upon the undertaking of such underwriter or underwriters to exercise such Warrant before making any distribution pursuant to such registration statement and to include the Shares issued upon such exercise among the securities being offered pursuant to such registration statement. The Company agrees to cause such Shares to be included among the securities being offered pursuant to such registration statement to be issued within such time as will permit such underwriter or underwriters to make and complete the distribution contemplated by the underwriting. Section 2.5 Indemnification. (a) In the event of any registration of any securities under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.2 hereof, the Company will, and it hereby 10

agrees to, indemnify and hold harmless, to the extent permitted by law, each seller of any Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, its directors, officers, general and limited partners, employees, agents and representatives (and directors and officers thereof and, if such seller is a portfolio or investment fund, its investment advisors or agents), each other Person who participates as an underwriter in the offering or sale of such securities and each other Person, if any, who controls such seller or any such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act. as follows: (i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, attorneys' fee or expense whatsoever arising out of or based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto), including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or arising out of an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any preliminary prospectus or prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement (a "Settlement Payment") of any litigation, of investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company; and (iii) against any and all expense (other than any Settlement Payment) reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under clauses (i) or (ii) above; provided, however, that this indemnity does not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of an untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any such seller or underwriter expressly for use in the preparation of any registration statement (or any amendment thereto) or any preliminary prospectus or prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto); and provided, further, that the Company will not be liable to any Person who participates as an underwriter in the offering or sale of Registrable Securities (or, if such offering and sale are not effected by or through an underwriter, then such seller) or any other Person, if any, who controls such underwriter (or seller, as the case may be) within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, under the indemnity agreement in this Section 2.5(a) with respect to any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus or final prospectus as amended or supplemented, as the case may be, to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability of such underwriter or controlling Person results from the fact that such underwriter (or seller, as the case may be) sold Registrable Securities to a Person to whom there was not sent or given, at 11

or prior to the written confirmation of such sale, a copy of the final prospectus or of the final prospectus as then amended or supplemented, whichever is most recent, if the Company has previously furnished copies thereof to such underwriter (or seller, as the case may be). Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such seller or any such director, officer, general or limited partner, investment advisor or agent, underwriter or controlling Person and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such seller. (b) The Company may require, as a condition to including any Registrable Securities in any registration statement filed in accordance with Section 2.1 or 2.2 hereof that the Company shall have received an undertaking reasonably satisfactory to it from the prospective seller of such Registrable Securities to indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth in Section 2.5(a) hereof) the Company, the underwriters, if any, each Person who controls the Company or any such underwriter (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act) and their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents and representatives, with respect to any statement in or omission from such registration statement, any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement, if such statement or alleged statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such seller specifically for use in the preparation of such registration statement, preliminary, final or summary prospectus or amendment or supplement. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company, the underwriters, or any such director, officer, partner, employee, agent, representative or controlling Person and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such seller. The obligations of the Company and such seller pursuant to this Section 2.5 are to be several and not joint; provided, however, that, with respect to each claim pursuant to this Section 2.5, the Company shall be liable for the full amount of such claim, and each such seller's liability under this Section 2.5 shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds (after deducting the underwriters' discount and expenses) received by such seller from the sale of Registrable Securities by it pursuant to such registration statement. (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party hereunder of written notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding involving a claim referred to in this Section 2.5, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party, give written notice to such indemnifying party of the commencement of such action; provided, however, that the failure of any indemnified party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under this Section 2.5, except to the extent that the indemnifying party is actually prejudiced by such failure to give notice. In case any such action is brought against an indemnified party, unless in such indemnified party's reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist in respect of such claim, the indemnifying parry will be entitled to participate in and to assume the defense thereof, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to the extent that it may wish with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof. 12

(d) The Company and each seller of Registrable Securities shall provide for the foregoing indemnities (with appropriate modifications) in any underwriting agreement with respect to any required registration or other qualification of securities under any federal or state law or regulation of any governmental authority. Section 2.6 Contribution. In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances under which the indemnity contemplated by Section 2.5 hereof is for any reason not available, the parties required to indemnify by the terms thereof shall contribute to the aggregate losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses of the nature contemplated by such indemnity agreement incurred by the Company, any seller of Registrable Securities and one or more of the underwriters, except to the extent that contribution is not permitted under Section 11(f) of the Securities Act. In determining the amounts which the respective parties shall contribute, there shall be considered the relative benefits received by each party from the offering of the Registrable Securities (taking into account the portion of the proceeds of the offering realized by each), the parties' relative knowledge and access to information concerning the matter with respect to which the claim was asserted, the opportunity to correct and prevent any statement or omission and any other equitable considerations appropriate under the circumstances. The Company, each such seller and the underwriters agree that it would not be equitable if the amount of such contribution were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation (even if the underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or for the underwriters' portion of such contribution to exceed the percentage that the underwriting discount bears to the initial public offering price of the Registrable Securities. For purposes of this Section 2.6; each Person, if any, who controls an underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such underwriter, and each director and each officer of the Company who signed the registration statement, and each Person, if any, who controls the Company or a seller of Registrable Securities shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company or a seller of Registrable securities, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no seller of Registrable Securities shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount such seller would have been required to pay to an indemnified party if the indemnity under Section 2.5 hereof were available. Section 2.7 Current Public Information. At all times after the Company has filed a registration statement with the SEC pursuant to the requirements of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, and as long as any Warrant shall remain outstanding or the holders thereof shall hold any Registrable Securities, the Company will file all reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder, and will take such further action as any holder or holders of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required to enable such holders to sell Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (as such rule may be amended from time to time) or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Section 2.8 Survival. The provisions of Sections 2.1 through 2.7 hereof, inclusive, shall survive the exercise of the Warrants with respect to all Shares issued upon exercise thereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that any Warrant shall expire after being exercised in part, the provisions of such Sections shall survive such expiration with respect to all Shares issued upon the exercise thereof prior to such expiration. 13

Section 2.9 Other Registration Rights. (a) The Company represents and warrants to CFE that, other than as provided herein and in that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 30, 1998, by and among Sodexho Alliance, S.A., Baron Asset Fund on behalf of the Barron Asset Fund Series and the Company, there are no agreements, understandings or commitments, oral or written, between the Company and the holders of any of its securities pursuant to which such holders have a right to require the Company to register or qualify any of its securities under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws. (b) Except for the rights granted herein and the rights described in Section 2.9(a) above as in effect on the date hereof, without the prior written consent of the Majority Holders, the Company will not grant to any Person registration rights superior to those granted to the holders of the Registrable Securities hereunder. ARTICLE III. MISCELLANEOUS Section 3.1 Term of Agreement. This Agreement shall terminate (i) upon written consent to such termination by each of the Company and the Majority Holders, and (ii) on December 31, 2008. Section 3.2 After Acquired Stock. All Stock issued to or acquired by CFE following the date of this Agreement will be subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement as if such after-acquired Stock was outstanding on the date hereof. Section 3.3 Notices. Any notice, request, instruction or other document required or permitted to be given hereunder by any party hereto to another party hereto will be in writing and will be given to such party by certified mail at its address set forth below: If to CFE: c/o General Electric Capital Corporation 10 South LaSalle Street, Suite 2700 Chicago, IL 60603 Attention: Account Manager Telecopy No. (312) 419-5992 If to Company: Correctional Management Services Corporation 10 Burton Hills Blvd. Nashville, TN 37215 Attention: Darrell K. Massengale Telecopy No.: (615) 263-3170 or, in the case of any transferee of any holder of Registrable Securities, to the address of such transferee specified by it upon notice given in accordance with the terms hereof, or to such other address as the party to whom notice is to be given may provide in a written notice to the party giving such notice, a copy of which written notice will be on file with the Secretary of the Company. Each such notice, request or other communications will be effective (a) if given by certified mail 96 hours after such communication is deposited in the mails with certified postage 14

prepaid addressed as aforesaid, (b) one Business Day after being furnished to a nationally recognized overnight courier for next Business Day delivery, and (c) on the date sent if sent by electronic facsimile transmission, receipt confirmed. Section 3.4 Specific Performance. In addition to any other remedy provided at law or equity, the parties hereto shall be entitled to specific performance of this Agreement. Section 3.5 Assignment. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto; provided, that the Company may not assign its obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Majority Holders; provided, further that if any transferee of any holder of Registrable Securities shall acquire any Registrable Securities in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such transferee by taking and holding such Registrable Securities, shall be entitled to the benefits of and be deemed to be bound by this Agreement. Section 3.6 Choice of Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York. Each party hereto hereby submits to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court and of any state court sitting in the State of New York (and of the appropriate appellate courts) for the purposes of all legal proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection to venue laid therein. Process in any such proceeding may be served on such party, and any judgment thereon may be enforced against such party, anywhere in the world, whether within or without the State of New York. Each party hereto hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any matter directly or indirectly arising out of or otherwise relating to this Agreement. Section 3.7 Amendments; Waivers. (a) No failure or delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided will be cumulative and net exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. (b) Neither this Agreement nor any term or provision hereof may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the Majority Holders and to the extent the rights, duties or obligations of the Company are modified or supplemented thereby, the Company. Section 3.8 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions, or of such provision in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. Section 3.9 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Warrant contain the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all 15

prior agreements, discussions and understandings among such parties with respect to such subject matter. Section 3.10 Further Assurances. Each party hereto shall do and perform or cause to be done and performed all such further acts and things and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents as any other party hereto reasonably may request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. Neither the Company nor any Holder shall voluntarily undertake any course of action inconsistent with satisfaction of the requirements applicable to them set forth in this Agreement and each shall promptly do all such acts and take all such measures as may be appropriate to enable them to perform as early as practicable the obligations herein and therein required to be performed by them. [Signature Page Follows] 16

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Registration Rights Agreement to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written. CORRECTIONAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES CORPORATION By: /s/ Doctor R. Crants ------------------------------------ Name: Doctor R. Crants ------------------------------------ Title: Chief Executive Officer ------------------------------------ CFE, INC. By: /s/ John Hatherly ------------------------------------ Name: John Hatherly ------------------------------------ Title: Duly Authorized Signatory ------------------------------------ 17

EXHIBIT 10.15 NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT This NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made this __ day of ________, 20__, by and between CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA, a Maryland corporation (the "Company"), and _________ (the "Optionee"). W I T N E S S E T H: WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Amended and Restated Corrections Corporation of America 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan"), which authorizes the Company to grant non-qualified stock options ("Options") to key employees of the Company and/or its affiliates; and WHEREAS, the Company and Optionee wish to confirm the terms and conditions of an Option granted to Optionee on __________, 20___ (the "Date of Grant"). NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, it is agreed between the parties hereto as follows: 1. Definitions. Except as provided in this Agreement, or unless the context otherwise requires, the terms used herein shall have the same meaning as in the Plan. 2. Grant of Option. Upon and subject to the terms, restrictions, limitations and conditions stated herein, the Company hereby grants to Optionee an Option to purchase up to _________ shares of the Company's Common Stock (collectively, the "Option Shares"). 3. Option Price. The purchase price per Option Share shall be $______ (the "Option Price") 4. Exercise; Vesting; Forfeiture. (i) Except as otherwise provided herein, Optionee shall have the right to exercise the Option, if and to the extent the Option has vested in accordance with subparagraphs (iii) and (iv) below, at any time during the ten-year period commencing on the Date of Grant; provided, however, that except as otherwise provided in subparagraph (iv) below, Optionee may not exercise the Option unless Optionee is on the date of exercise and continuously after the Date of Grant an employee of: (a) the Company; (b) an Affiliate Corporation; or (c) a corporation issuing or assuming the Option in a Transaction to which Code Section 424 applies (or a Subsidiary Corporation of such corporation) ((a), (b) and (c) known collectively, herein, as the "Employer"). (ii) The Option shall be exercised by giving written notice of such exercise to the Company in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A; provided, however, that an Option may not be exercised at any one time as to fewer than one hundred (100) shares (or such number of shares as to which the Option is then exercisable if such number of shares is less than one

hundred (100)). The Option Price shall be paid or satisfied in full, at the time of exercise, in cash, in shares of Common Stock owned by Optionee for at least six months having a Fair Market Value equal to such Option Price or in a combination of cash and such shares of Common Stock. In addition, payment may also be made in whole or in part in the form of an option to acquire Common Stock or in the form of another Award (based, in each case, on the Fair Market Value of such option or Award on the date the Option is exercised, as determined by the Committee). (iii) Subject to the provisions of subparagraph (iv) below, the Option shall vest with respect to ______ of the Option Shares on each Vesting Date (as herein defined). For purposes hereof, the term "Vesting Date" shall mean each of the following ____ dates: _______________________. (iv) In the event that: (a) Optionee dies while in the employ of the Employer or within three (3) months after the termination of employment with Employer for any reason; or (b) Optionee's employment with the Employer terminates by reason of Optionee's Disability, then in any such case the Option shall vest in full and may be, unless earlier terminated or expired, exercised by Optionee (or by Optionee's estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise such Option by bequest or inheritance or otherwise by reason of the death or Disability of Optionee) at any time during the stated term of the Option. For the purpose of this Agreement and notwithstanding any provision(s) of the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, subject to the preceding sentence, in the event Optionee's employment with the Employer is terminated due to Retirement (other than as the result of Optionee's death or Disability) prior to ________, 20__, then the Option, to the extent the Option has vested and unless it earlier terminates or expires, may be exercised at any time during the stated term of the Option, with the unvested portion of the Option being forfeited. In the event Optionee's employment with Employer is terminated due to Retirement (including as the result of Optionee's death or Disability) on or following __________, 20___, unless terminated or expired, the Option shall become immediately vested and nonforfeitable for the ten-year period following the Date of Grant. In the event that there occurs a Change of Control, then in such case the Option shall vest in full and, unless earlier terminated or expired, may be exercised by Optionee (or by Optionee's estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise such Option by bequest or inheritance or otherwise by reason of the death or Disability of Optionee) within one (1) year following the Change in Control. Subject to the first sentence of this subparagraph (iv), in the event that Optionee's employment with the Employer terminates other than by reason of Optionee's death or Disability, then the Option, to the extent the Option has vested and unless it earlier terminates or expires, may be exercised within three (3) months following the termination of such employment, with the unvested portion of the Option being forfeited. Nothing in this Agreement or in any Option granted pursuant hereto shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue in the employ or service of the Employer or interfere in any way with the right of the Employer to terminate Optionee's employment at any time. 5. Option and Option Shares Subject to Plan. The Option and the Option Shares shall be subject to, and the Company and Optionee agree to be bound by, all of the terms and conditions of the Plan, as the same shall be amended from time to time in accordance with the

terms thereof. A copy of the Plan, as amended, is attached hereto as Exhibit B and made a part hereof as if fully set out herein. 6. Covenants and Representations of Optionee. Optionee represents, warrants, covenants and agrees with the Company as follows: (i) Optionee is not acquiring the Option Shares based upon any representation, oral or written, by any person with respect to the future value of, or income from, the Option Shares but rather upon an independent examination and judgment as to the prospects of the Company; (ii) Optionee is able to bear the economic risks of the investment in the Option Shares, including the risk of a complete loss of his or her investment therein; (iii) Optionee understands and agrees that the Option Shares may be issued and sold to Optionee without registration under any state law relating to the registration of securities for sale, and in such event will be issued and sold in reliance on exemptions from registration under appropriate state laws; (iv) The Option Shares cannot be offered for sale, sold or transferred by Optionee other than pursuant to: (A) an effective registration under applicable state securities laws or in a transaction which is otherwise in compliance with such laws; (B) an effective registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), or in a transaction otherwise in compliance with the 1933 Act; and (C) evidence satisfactory to the Company of compliance with the securities laws of all applicable jurisdictions. The Company shall be entitled to rely upon an opinion of counsel satisfactory to it with respect to compliance with the foregoing laws; (v) The Company will be under no obligation to register the Option Shares or to comply with any exemption available for sale of the Option Shares without registration. The Company is under no obligation to act in any manner so as to make Rule 144 promulgated under the 1933 Act available with respect to sales of the Option Shares; (vi) A legend indicating that the Option Shares have not been registered under the applicable state securities laws and referring to any applicable restrictions on transferability and sale of the Option Shares may be placed on the certificate or certificates delivered to Optionee and any transfer agent of the Company may be instructed to require compliance therewith; (vii) Optionee realizes that the purchase of the Option Shares is a speculative investment and that any possible profit therefrom is uncertain; (viii) Optionee will notify the Company prior to any sale of the Option Shares within one year of the date of the exercise of all or any portion of the Option; and

(ix) The agreements, representations, warranties and covenants made by Optionee herein extend to and apply to all of the Common Stock of the Company issued to Optionee from time to time pursuant to this Option. Acceptance by Optionee of the certificate(s) representing such Common Stock shall constitute a confirmation by Optionee that all such agreements, representations, warranties and covenants made herein shall be true and correct at such time. 7. Withholding. If Optionee recognizes compensation income as a result of the exercise of the Option granted hereunder, Optionee shall remit in cash to the Company the minimum amount of federal and state income and employment tax withholding which the Company is required to remit to the Internal Revenue Service or applicable state department of revenue in accordance with the then current provisions of the Code or applicable state law. Optionee shall pay the full amount of such withholding simultaneously with the exercise of the Option or upon the occurrence of any other event that results in the recognition of compensation income by Optionee. The failure by Optionee to remit the full amount of withholding due may, in the discretion of the Company, result in the forfeiture of the related benefit notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement. 8. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed, administered and enforced according to the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof; provided, however, the Option may not be exercised except, in the reasonable judgment of the Committee, in compliance with exemptions under applicable state securities laws of the state in which Optionee resides, and/or any other applicable securities laws. 9. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefits of the heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns of the parties. 10. Notice. Except as otherwise specified herein, all notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given if personally delivered or if sent by registered or certified United States mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the proposed recipient at the last known address of such recipient. Any party may designate any other address to which notices shall be sent by giving notice of such address to the other parties in the same manner provided herein. 11. Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions or portion thereof contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the same shall not invalidate or otherwise affect any other provisions of this Agreement and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision or portion thereof had never been contained herein. 12. Entire Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, this Agreement expresses the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto with respect to such terms, restrictions and limitations. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

13. Violation. Any transfer, pledge, sale, assignment or hypothecation of the Option except in accordance with this Agreement shall be a violation of the terms hereof and shall be void and without effect. 14. Headings. Section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be considered in interpreting this Agreement. 15. Specific Performance. In the event of any actual or threatened default in, or breach of, any of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement, the party or parties who are thereby aggrieved shall have the right to specific performance and injunction in addition to any and all other rights and remedies at law or in equity, and all such rights and remedies shall be cumulative. 16. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the signatures of each of the parties hereto, or to a counterpart of this Agreement, and all such counterparts shall collectively constitute one Agreement. Facsimile signatures shall constitute original signatures for purposes of this Agreement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and sealed this Agreement on the day and year first set forth above. CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA By:________________________________________ Title:_____________________________________ OPTIONEE: Signature:_________________________________ Name (printed):____________________________

EXHIBIT 10.16 RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT This RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made this ___ day of _________, 20__, by and between CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA, a Maryland corporation (the "Company"), and ___________ (the "Recipient"). W I T N E S S E T H: WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Amended and Restated Corrections Corporation of America 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan"), which authorizes the Company to award restricted shares ("Restricted Shares") of its common stock, $0.01 par value per share (the "Common Stock"), to key employees of the Company and/or its affiliates (individually, a "Restricted Stock Award"); and WHEREAS, the Company and Recipient wish to confirm the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award to Recipient on _________, 20__ (the "Date of Award"). NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, it is agreed between the parties hereto as follows: 1. Definitions. Except as provided in this Agreement, or unless the context otherwise requires, the terms used herein shall have the same meaning as in the Plan. 2. Award of Shares. Upon and subject to the terms, restrictions, limitations and conditions stated herein, the Company hereby awards to Recipient _____ Restricted Shares of the Company's Common Stock (the "Shares"). 3. Rights; Vesting; Forfeiture. Except as otherwise provided herein, Recipient shall have full right, title and interest in the Shares to the extent such Shares have vested in accordance with subparagraph (iii) below. (i) During the Vesting Period (as defined below) and prior to the vesting of the Shares, the Shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by Recipient. Certificates issued with respect to the Shares shall be registered in the name of Recipient and deposited by Recipient with the Company, and any such certificates shall bear an appropriate legend disclosing the restrictions imposed on the Shares hereunder and by the Plan. Upon the lapse of the restrictions applicable to the Shares, the Company shall deliver such certificates to Recipient or Recipient's legal representative, as the case may be. (ii) During the Vesting Period the Recipient shall have all rights of a stockholder of the Company (except as otherwise provided herein), including without limitation the right to vote and receive dividends on the Shares. If as a result of a stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization or other adjustment in the capital stock or stated capital of the Company, or

as the result of a merger, consolidation, or other reorganization, the Common Stock is increased, reduced or otherwise changed and by virtue thereof, Recipient shall be entitled to new or additional or different shares, with such new or additional shares being subject to the same terms, conditions and restrictions as applicable to the Shares. (iii) The Shares shall vest in accordance with Schedule A attached hereto and made a part hereof, provided that Recipient is employed by the Company or an Affiliate Corporation (the "Employer") at all times following the Date of Award and prior to and on the Vesting Dates (the "Vesting Period"). If, at any time during the Vesting Period, Recipient's employment with Employer is terminated for any reason other than as a result of the death, Disability or Retirement of Recipient, all of the Shares held by such Recipient shall immediately and automatically be forfeited to the Company without monetary consideration and shall be automatically canceled and retired. If (i) Recipient shall die while in the employ or service of the Employer or within a period of three (3) months thereafter, (ii) Recipient's employment or service with the Employer shall terminate by reason of Disability, or (iii) there occurs a Change in Control, then in any such case all Shares shall become immediately vested and nonforfeitable. For the purposes of this Agreement and notwithstanding any provision(s) of the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, subject to the preceding sentence, in the event Recipient's employment with the Employer is terminated due to Retirement (other than as the result of Recipient's death or Disability) prior to December 31, 20___, then the unvested portion of the Shares shall immediately and automatically be forfeited to the Company without monetary consideration and shall be automatically canceled and retired. In the event Recipient's employment with the Employer is terminated as a result of Retirement on or after December 31, 20___, unless earlier terminated or expired, and assuming that the applicable performance measures set forth in Schedule A have been met, the Shares shall become immediately vested and nonforfeitable. Notwithstanding the proviso in the first sentence of this Section 3(iii) and for purposes of clarity, if the Recipient's employment is terminated as a result of Retirement on or after December 31 in any given fiscal year but prior to the Vesting Date (as such term is defined in Schedule A) in such year, then the applicable portion of the Shares, if any, shall vest on the Vesting Date in the manner set forth in Schedule A despite the fact that the Recipient is no longer an employee of the Company on such Vesting Date. 4. Share Award and Shares Subject to Plan. The Restricted Stock Award represented by this Agreement and the Shares shall be subject to, and the Company and Recipient agree to be bound by, all of the terms and conditions of the Plan, as the same shall be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. A copy of the Plan, as amended, is attached hereto as Exhibit A and made a part hereof as if fully set out herein. 5. Covenants and Representations of Recipient. Recipient represents, warrants, covenants and agrees with the Company as follows: (i) The Shares cannot be offered for sale, sold or transferred by Recipient other than pursuant to: (A) an effective registration under applicable state securities laws or in a 2

transaction which is otherwise in compliance with such laws; (B) an effective registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), or in a transaction otherwise in compliance with the 1933 Act; and (C) evidence satisfactory to the Company of compliance with the securities laws of all applicable jurisdictions. The Company shall be entitled to rely upon an opinion of counsel satisfactory to it with respect to compliance with the foregoing laws; (ii) The Company will be under no obligation to register (or maintain the registration of) the Shares or to comply with any exemption available for sale of the Shares without registration. The Company is under no obligation to act in any manner so as to make Rule 144 promulgated under the 1933 Act available with respect to sales of the Shares; and (iii) If applicable, a legend indicating that the Shares have not been registered under the applicable state securities laws and referring to any applicable restrictions on transferability and sale of the Shares may be placed on the certificate or certificates delivered to Recipient and any transfer agent of the Company may be instructed to require compliance therewith. 3

6. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed, administered and enforced according to the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof; provided, however, the Restricted Shares may not be sold except, in the reasonable judgment of the Committee, in compliance with exemptions under applicable state securities laws of the state in which Recipient resides, and/or any other applicable securities laws. 7. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefits of the heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns of the parties. 8. Notice. Except as otherwise specified herein, all notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given if personally delivered or if sent by registered or certified United States mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the proposed recipient at the last known address of such recipient. Any party may designate any other address to which notices shall be sent by giving notice of such address to the other parties in the same manner provided herein. 9. Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions or portion thereof contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the same shall not invalidate or otherwise affect any other provisions of this Agreement and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision or portion thereof had never been contained herein. 10. Entire Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, this Agreement expresses the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto with respect to such terms, restrictions and limitations. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. 11. Violation. Any transfer, pledge, sale, assignment or hypothecation of the Shares except in accordance with this Agreement shall be a violation of the terms hereof and shall be void and without effect. 12. Headings. Section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be considered in interpreting this Agreement. 13. Specific Performance. In the event of any actual or threatened default in, or breach of, any of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement, the party or parties who are thereby aggrieved shall have the right to specific performance and injunction in addition to any and all other rights and remedies at law or in equity, and all such rights and remedies shall be cumulative. 14. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the signatures of each of the parties hereto, or to a counterpart of this Agreement, and all such counterparts shall collectively

constitute one Agreement. Facsimile signatures shall constitute original signatures for purposes of this Agreement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and sealed this Agreement on the day and year first set forth above. CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA By: ____________________________________ Title:__________________________________ RECIPIENT: Signature:_____________________________ Name (printed):________________________

Exhibit 10.26 CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA (THE "COMPANY") SUMMARY OF DIRECTOR AND EXECUTIVE OFFICER COMPENSATION I. DIRECTOR COMPENSATION. Directors who are employees of the Company do not receive additional compensation for serving as directors of the Company. The following table sets forth current rates of cash compensation for the Company's non-employee directors.

RETAINERS AND FEES 2006 ------------------ ---- Board retainer....................................................... $ 50,000 Board meeting fee.................................................... $ 3,000 Audit chair retainer................................................. $ 10,000 Audit member retainer................................................ $ 2,000 Compensation, Nominating and Governance chair retainer............... $ 5,000 Committee chair meeting fee (excluding Executive).................... $ 2,500 Non-chair committee meeting fee...................................... $ 2,000
In addition to the cash compensation set forth above, each non-employee director receives a nondiscretionary annual grant of a non-qualified option for the purchase of 4,000 shares of the Company's common stock. The option has an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the stock on the grant date and is fully vested as of the grant date. II. EXECUTIVE OFFICER COMPENSATION. The following table sets forth the annual base salaries, which become effective April 1, 2006, and the fiscal 2005 performance bonuses provided to the Company's Chief Executive Officer and four most highly compensated executive officers (the "Named Executive Officers").
FISCAL 2005 EXECUTIVE OFFICER 2006 SALARY BONUS AMOUNT ----------------- ----------- ------------ John D. Ferguson $ 700,000 $ 677,727 Irving E. Lingo, Jr. $ 353,500 $ 338,864 Kenneth A. Bouldin $ 310,500 $ 293,059 Richard P. Seiter $ 290,000 $ 269,983 G. A. Puryear, IV $ 240,000 $ 223,063
The Named Executive Officers also participate in the Company's 2006 Cash Bonus Plan and receive long-term incentive awards pursuant to the Company's stockholder approved equity incentive plans. III. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. The foregoing information is summary in nature. Additional information regarding director and Named Executive Officer compensation will be provided in the Company's proxy statement to be filed in connection with the 2006 annual meeting of stockholders.

EXHIBIT 21 LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA First Tier Subsidiaries: CCA of Tennessee, LLC, a Tennessee limited liability company Prison Realty Management, Inc., a Tennessee corporation CCA Properties of America, LLC, a Tennessee limited liability company CCA Properties of Texas, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership CCA Western Properties, Inc., a Delaware corporation Second Tier Subsidiaries: CCA Properties of Arizona, LLC, a Tennessee limited liability company CCA Properties of Tennessee, LLC, a Tennessee limited liability company CCA International, Inc., a Delaware corporation Technical and Business Institute of America, Inc., a Tennessee corporation TransCor America, LLC, a Tennessee limited liability company TransCor Puerto Rico, Inc., a Puerto Rico corporation CCA (UK) Ltd., a United Kingdom corporation

EXHIBIT 23.1 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements: Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-70625) pertaining to the Corrections Corporation of America (formerly Prison Realty Trust) Amended and Restated 1997 Employee Share Incentive Plan, Registration Statement (Form S-4 No. 333-41778) pertaining to the merger of Corrections Corporation of America, a Tennessee corporation, with and into CCA of Tennessee, Inc., Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-69352) pertaining to the Corrections Corporation of America Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-115492) pertaining to the registration of additional shares for the Corrections Corporation of America Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-115493) pertaining to the Corrections Corporation of America Non-Employee Directors' Compensation Plan, Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-69358) pertaining to the Corrections Corporation of America 401(k) Savings and Retirement Plan, Registration Statement (Form S-3/A No. 333-104240) pertaining to a shelf registration of debt securities, guarantees of debt securities, preferred stock, common stock, or warrants, and pertaining to certain shares of common stock registered on behalf of a selling shareholder; and Registration Statement (Form S-3 ASR No. 333-131072) pertaining to a shelf registration of debt securities, guarantees of debt securities, preferred stock, or any combination of the foregoing, including by way of units consisting of more than one security; of our reports dated March 1, 2006 with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Corrections Corporation of America and Subsidiaries, Corrections Corporation of America and Subsidiaries' management's assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Corrections Corporation of America and Subsidiaries, included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2005. /s/ Ernst & Young LLP ---------------------- Ernst & Young LLP Nashville, Tennessee March 1, 2006

EXHIBIT 31.1 CERTIFICATION OF THE CEO PURSUANT TO SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 I, John D. Ferguson, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Corrections Corporation of America; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statement made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting. Date: March 7, 2006 /s/ John D. Ferguson -------------------------------- John D. Ferguson President and Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT 31.2 CERTIFICATION OF THE CFO PURSUANT TO SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 I, Irving E. Lingo, Jr., certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Corrections Corporation of America; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statement made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting. Date: March 7, 2006 /s/ Irving E. Lingo, Jr. --------------------------------------------------- Irving E. Lingo, Jr. Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

EXHIBIT 32.1 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 In connection with the Annual Report of Corrections Corporation of America (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2005 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, John D. Ferguson, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. /s/ John D. Ferguson ------------------------------------- John D. Ferguson President and Chief Executive Officer March 7, 2006

EXHIBIT 32.2 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 In connection with the Annual Report of Corrections Corporation of America (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2005 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Irving E. Lingo, Jr., Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. /s/ Irving E. Lingo, Jr. ---------------------------------------------------- Irving E. Lingo, Jr. Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer March 7, 2006